FULLNET COMMUNICATIONS INC
10SB12G, 1999-08-13
Previous: ALLIED OWNERS ACTION FUND INC, N-8A, 1999-08-13
Next: CENTURY ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING INC, S-1, 1999-08-13







                                  UNITED STATES
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549


                                   FORM 10-SB

                        GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF
                      SECURITIES OF SMALL BUSINESS ISSUERS
                           UNDER SECTION 12(b) or (g)
                                       OF
                       THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934




                          FULLNET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                 (Name of Small Business Issuer in its charter)




             Oklahoma                                  73-1473361
(State or other jurisdiction                (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 of incorporation or organization)


     200 N. Harvey, Suite 1704
     Oklahoma City, Oklahoma                            73102
(Address of principal executive offices)             (Zip Code)


                    Issuer's telephone number: (405) 232-0958


     Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: none

        Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

                                  Common Stock
                                (Title of Class)


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                                                        Page
                                                                                                        ----
<S>                                                                             <C>                      <C>

PART I

Item 1.    DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS......................................................................   1

ITEM 2.    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OR PLAN OF OPERATION....................................  14

ITEM 3.    DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY......................................................................  17

ITEM 4.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT...............................  18

ITEM 5.    DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, PROMOTERS AND CONTROL PERSONS..............................  18

ITEM 6.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.......................................................................  19

ITEM 7.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS...............................................  20

ITEM 8.    DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES....................................................................  21

PART II
- -------

ITEM 1.    MARKET PRICE OF AND DIVIDENDS ON THE REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
           AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS..............................................................  21

Item 2.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS............................................................................  22

Item 3.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS................................................  22

Item 4.    RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES......................................................  23

Item 5.    INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS....................................................  23

Part F/S
- --------

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS............................................................................ 25

PART III
- --------

ITEM 1.    INDEX TO EXHIBITS............................................................................. 26

ITEM 2.    DESCRIPTION OF EXHIBITS....................................................................... 26



</TABLE>




                                       i

<PAGE>



                 DISCLOSURE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

         This  Registration  Statement  contains  "forward-looking   statements"
within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Act"), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  All
statements   other  than  statements  of  historical   facts  included  in  this
Registration Statement, including, without limitation,  statements regarding the
Company's future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs
and  plans  and   objectives   of   Management   for  future   operations,   are
forward-looking  statements. In addition,  forward-looking  statements generally
can be  identified  by the use of  forward-looking  terminology  such as  "may,"
"will,"  "expect,"  "intend,"  "estimate,"  "anticipate"  or  "believe"  or  the
negative  thereof or  variations  thereon or similar  terminology.  Although the
Company  believes  that  the  expectations  reflected  in  such  forward-looking
statements are reasonable,  it can give no assurance that such expectations will
prove to have been correct.  Such statements are based upon numerous assumptions
about future  conditions  which may ultimately prove to be inaccurate and actual
events and results may materially  differ from anticipated  results described in
such  statements.  For a discussion  of the risk factors that could cause actual
results to differ  materially from the  forward-looking  statements,  you should
read the section of the  Registration  Statement  entitled  "Risk  Factors." All
subsequent  written  and oral  forward-looking  statements  attributable  to the
Company,  or persons  acting on its behalf,  are  expressly  qualified  in their
entirety by the cautionary statements.  The Company assumes no duty to update or
revise its forward-looking  statements based on changes in internal estimates or
expectations  or  otherwise.  As a result,  the reader is cautioned not to place
reliance on these forward-looking statements. Further, there can be no assurance
that the historical level of the Company's revenues and net income will continue
to be achieved in the future.

                                     PART I

Item 1.  Description of Business.

General

         Fullnet Communications,  Inc. (the "Company") is a regional provider of
consumer   Internet   access  and   business   services,   offering   innovative
technological solutions for individuals,  businesses,  organizations,  education
institutions,  as well as  government  agencies.  The  Company  provides  direct
Internet  access  through a statewide  network  with  "points of presence" in 14
communities  throughout  the state of  Oklahoma.  Points of  presence  are local
telephone  numbers  through  which the  Company's  subscribers  can  access  the
Internet. In addition,  the Company also provides  Internet-related  value-added
products  and services  that are  designed to enable its  business  customers to
outsource  their  Internet and  electronic  commerce  activities.  Such services
include:

      -- connectivity  to the Internet and secure private  networks  through the
         Company's  network from which its Internet  access  customers can reach
         every other Internet  address and the Company's  network  customers can
         reach other destinations within their private network;

      -- value-added services,  which are additional services delivered over the
         same circuit as the  Company's  connectivity  services.  The  Company's
         current value-added  services are remote management of its networks and
         systems  integration,  which  includes  the  resale,  installation  and
         configuration of customers' computer systems and software; and

      -- web hosting,  which is the distribution of customers'  Internet content
from the Company's facilities.

         The  Company  also  sells  Internet  access to other  Internet  service
providers  ("ISP's"),  which then resell  Internet access to their own customers
under  their  private  label.  To date,  the  Company  has  approximately  1,300
customers,  with another  8,700  customers  accessing  the Internet  through the
Company's ISP customers.

         Additionally,  the Company's  wholly owned  subsidiary,  Fulltel,  Inc.
("Fulltel"),  a licensed  "competitive local exchange carrier," or CLEC, as they
are commonly  designated,  is expected to commence operations in late 1999. As a
result,  the Company expects to offer  conventional  local telephone  service in


<PAGE>

selected communities  throughout the state of Oklahoma, as well as local dial-up
Internet  access  in  each  of  such  communities  so  served.   See  "-Business
Segments-Local Telephone Service.

         Headquartered in Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma,  the Company was founded  in
1995 as CEN-COM of Oklahoma, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation.  The Company changed
its name to Fullnet Communications, Inc. in December 1995.

         The Company's  principal executive offices are located at 200 N. Harvey
Avenue,  Suite 1704,  Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102, and its telephone number is
(405) 232-0958. The Company's website on the Internet is http://www.fullnet.net.
                                                         -----------------------

Business Strategy

         The  Company's  overall  business  objective  is to  supply  the  total
telecommunications  and Internet needs of customers within the State of Oklahoma
and surrounding states. To achieve this objective, the Company intends to:

         --Capitalize on the absence of larger ISP's in rural areas. The Company
believes that rural areas of Oklahoma and surrounding  states are underserved by
ISP's, and that significant  growth can be achieved by entering such markets and
providing  reliable Internet  connectivity at a reasonable cost to the residents
and  businesses  located in such areas.  To that end, the  Company,  through its
wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Fulltel,  became  a  licensed  CLEC in the  State of
Oklahoma and intends to pursue such licensing in other, neighboring states. As a
CLEC exchange carrier in any particular state, the Company will be able to offer
local telephone numbers for Internet access. Additionally, as a CLEC the Company
will be  able  to  purchase  unbundled  network  elements  from  the  applicable
"regional Bell operating company," or RBOP,  operating in that state rather than
purchase retail local loops, resulting in significant cost savings.

         --Cross sell value-added services. The Company intends to capitalize on
its existing  customer base and future  customers by aggressively  cross selling
its  value-added  services.  The Company is committed to offering its  customers
reliable  value-added  network services  necessary to address their Internet and
network  management  requirements.  Based  on  the  Company's  existing  network
infrastructure and expertise,  it is able to offer these services  continuously,
reliably and on a cost effective basis.  Through  acquisitions or development of
relationships with providers of leading Internet and other network technologies,
the Company  intends to enhance and  increase  the services it offers to include
other value-added  services,  such as enhanced network security solutions,  that
address  our  customers'  rapidly  evolving  critical  networking  needs such as
electronic commerce.

         --Provide   Bundled,    Comprehensive    Networking   Solutions.    The
fragmentation among Internet and other network service providers has resulted in
users often faced with an  overwhelming  array of providers  and  services  from
which to choose.  For example,  it is typical for a user to purchase  local loop
connectivity from a RBOC or a competitive  local exchange  carrier,  to purchase
Internet or other wide area  network  connectivity  from a separate  Internet or
other network service provider,  and to purchase network  services,  like remote
management,  systems  integration and network  security,  from one or more other
companies.  The Company believes the Internet and network service provider model
is  evolving  towards  providers  who are  capable  of  providing  comprehensive
solutions by bundling  several or all of these functions  efficiently,  reliably
and on a cost effective basis. By combining our network  infrastructure with our
existing  and planned  array of  value-added  networking  services,  the Company
believes  it is well  positioned  to  become  one of the  premier  providers  of
comprehensive, bundled networking solutions to small and medium-sized businesses
in its targeted market area. Additionally, the Company believes that by offering
bundled  services,  it can  reduce  customer  loss,  increase  network  usage by
existing  customers,  cross sell additional  services to existing  customers and
differentiate itself from its competitors.

         --Expand Customer Base and Sales Efforts. The Company intends to expand
its customer  base by  significantly  increasing  its direct and indirect  sales
forces as well as its  marketing  efforts.  As of June 30, 1999,  the  Company's
direct sales force consisted of two persons in two sales offices.  The Company's
sales  force is  supported  in their  efforts by sales  engineers  and,  in many

                                       2

<PAGE>

instances, senior management of the Company. The Company intends to increase the
number of its sales offices and to  significantly  expand the size of its direct
sales force with the goal of having an effective  selling  presence in all major
communities  in the State of Oklahoma,  expanding  into regional  markets as the
Company  enters  such  markets.  In  addition,  the Company is  exploring  other
strategies to grow its direct sales force,  including developing an inside sales
center to generate additional sales.

         --Accelerate  Growth  Through  Targeted  Acquisitions.  The goal of the
Company's  acquisition strategy is to accelerate market penetration,  build upon
its core  competencies  and  expand its  technical  staff and sales  force.  The
Company evaluates  acquisition  candidates based on their fit with the Company's
overall business plan. When a candidate is acquired,  the Company will integrate
its existing Internet and network connectivity and value-added services with the
service  offerings of the acquired  company and use the acquired sales force and
customer base to expand market opportunities. The types of acquisitions targeted
by the Company  include ISP's located in markets into which the Company wants to
expand,  or to which the Company may already  provide  "private-label"  Internet
connectivity.  Other types of targeted  acquisitions  include  local or regional
business ISP's in markets where the Company has  established  points of presence
and would  benefit from the acquired  company's  local sales force and installed
customer  base  through  the  potential   increase  in  the  Company's   network
utilization.

         The Company  intends to pursue its  strategy  initially in the State of
Oklahoma and  thereafter in  neighboring  states,  including  Arkansas,  Kansas,
Texas, and Missouri.

Recent Transactions

Regulation D Offering

         In April 1999, the Company raised an aggregate  $648,500 in an offering
of its common  stock,  par value  $.00001 per share (the  "Common  Stock").  The
offering  (the  "504  Offering")  was made  pursuant  to an  exemption  from the
registration  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  pursuant  to  Rule  504 of
Regulation D of such act.  Pursuant to the 504  Offering,  an aggregate  648,500
shares of Common Stock were issued.

Acquisition of Animus

         On March 26, 1998 the Company purchased 100% of the outstanding  common
stock of Animus Communications, Inc. ("Animus"), an Oklahoma corporation engaged
in the business of providing Web Hosting  Services,  selling computer  equipment
and providing  configuration  and  maintenance of the  equipment.  The aggregate
purchase price for the Animus stock was $350,000,  of which $175,000 was paid at
closing with the  remaining  $175,000  paid in two  installments  subsequent  to
closing. See "Item 7. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions."

Business of the Registrant

Internet Access and Value-added Services

         Industry Background

         Growth of the Internet  and the Web.  The  Internet is a collection  of
connected computer systems and networks that link millions of public and private
computers to form what is essentially the largest computer network in the world.
The  Internet  has  experienced  rapid growth in recent years and is expected to
continue to grow based on estimated  increases in the numbers of Web users,  Web
traffic and the number of Web sites.  Several  factors are  contributing  to the
Internet's growth, including:

         - The proliferation of lower cost personal computers;

         - Advances in the performance and speed of PCs, modems and networking
           components;

         - Improvements in network infrastructures;

                                       3

<PAGE>


         - Easier and more competitive access to the Internet; and

         - The increasing use of the Internet by businesses as a competitive
           tool.

         The  Internet  has  become an  important  global  medium  that  enables
millions  of  people  to  obtain  and share  information  and  conduct  business
electronically.

         Accessing the Internet. Internet access services represent the means by
which Internet service providers interconnect business and consumer users to the
Internet's  resources.  Access  services  vary from  dial-up  modem  access  for
individuals and small businesses to high speed dedicated  transmission lines for
broadband access by large  organizations.  An Internet service provider provides
Internet access either by developing a proprietary network  infrastructure or by
purchasing  access  service  from  a  wholesale  access  vendor,  or  through  a
combination of both.

         The rapid  development  and growth of the Internet  have  resulted in a
highly  competitive  and  fragmented  industry  consisting  of more  than  4,800
Internet service providers in the United States with an average customer base of
less than 5,000  subscribers.  The vast majority of U.S.-based  Internet service
providers  conduct their  operations  within a single state or city, with only a
handful of Internet service providers, such as EarthLink and MindSpring,  having
expanded  the  scope of their  operations  from a single  region  to  nationwide
coverage.  Due to the  disparity  between the large  number of smaller  Internet
service  providers with limited  resources and the emergence of a limited number
of national Internet service providers with their associated economies of scale,
the  Internet  service  provider  industry is  expected  to undergo  substantial
consolidation. Forrester Research projects that Internet service provider access
revenues in the United States will grow from approximately $6 billion in 1997 to
$38 billion in 2002.

         Growth in Electronic Commerce ("E-Commerce").  For many businesses, the
Internet  has  created  a new  communication  and  sales  channel  that  enables
companies to interact with large numbers of geographically  dispersed  consumers
and business  partners.  In the last several years,  many companies have emerged
that  focus  solely on the  Internet  as the  medium  for  selling  products  or
delivering services directly to purchasers,  bypassing traditional wholesale and
retail   channels.   Furthermore,   traditional   businesses  are   implementing
sophisticated  Web sites to effect  electronic  commerce  initiatives that offer
competitive  advantages.  These businesses are deploying an expanding variety of
Internet-enabled  applications,  ranging from Web site  marketing and recruiting
programs to on-line customer interaction systems,  integrated purchase order and
"just-in-time"  inventory  solutions  for key  customers  and  suppliers.  These
capabilities require  increasingly complex Web sites and support operations.  In
addition,  advances in on-line  security and payment  mechanisms are alleviating
concerns   associated   with  conducting   transactions   in  an   open-platform
environment, thus prompting more consumers and businesses to use the Internet in
conjunction  with  purchases and more  businesses to offer a greater  breadth of
electronic commerce services.

         Outsourcing of Internet  Operations.  As the Web  increasingly  becomes
synonymous with electronic commerce,  businesses are placing greater emphasis on
their  Internet   transaction  and  communication   operations.   Internet-based
companies, and to a growing extent, traditional businesses, require noncongested
and scalable Internet operations to allow them to perform digital  communication
and commerce transactions  globally over the Internet.  Due to constraints posed
by the lack of technical personnel with Internet skills or experience,  the high
cost of advanced  networking  equipment and the  complexity  of  innovative  Web
solutions,  many  businesses  are unable to  internally  develop,  maintain  and
continually  enhance their  facilities and systems to conduct  desired levels of
Internet-based  activities.  As a result of these constraints and other factors,
many  businesses  are  seeking  to  outsource   their   facilities  and  systems
requirements as the preferred means for providing electronic commerce solutions.
To this end, an increasing demand is developing for:

         - Dedicated and broadband Internet access services to support reliable,
high speed and/or constantly connected Internet access and communication;

         - Web hosting and  co-location  services  which  enable  businesses  to
obtain  equipment,  technical  expertise and  infrastructure  for their Internet
needs on an outsourced basis; and

                                       4

<PAGE>


         - End-to-end  electronic  commerce solutions to sell goods and services
on the Web in a secure transaction environment.

         By outsourcing their facilities and systems needs,  businesses are able
to focus on their core  competencies  rather than expending  vital  resources to
support their Internet operations. Forrester Research estimates that over 40% of
Internet and internal corporate sites will be outsourced by 2002.

         The  Opportunity  for  Internet  Service   Providers.   The  number  of
businesses  and  consumers  accessing  the  Internet  is  expected  to  increase
significantly in the foreseeable future.  According to Forrester  Research,  the
market for  providing  access to the Internet for  businesses  and  consumers is
expected to be approximately $18.4 billion in 2000. Additionally,  as businesses
and  consumers  are  developing  greater  levels  of  comfort  in the use of the
Internet for  electronic  commerce,  businesses  are  increasingly  implementing
sophisticated   electronic   commerce   solutions   which,   in  turn,   require
significantly  greater bandwidth and other business  services.  In response,  an
increasing  number of Internet service providers are attempting to augment their
basic Internet access services with a wide range of business services. According
to  International  Data  Corporation,  the market for Web hosting  and  Internet
security  business  services  is the  fastest  growing  segment of the  Internet
services  market,  with revenues  expected to increase from  approximately  $350
million in 1997 to approximately $7 billion in 2000.

         Internet  service  providers  that offer both Internet  access to broad
segments of the population and that offer a broad selection of business services
are  positioned  to attain  greater  economies of scale  through  lower  network
expansion and marketing costs on a  per-subscriber  basis.  The Company believes
that it is uniquely positioned, among purely local or regional ISP's, to benefit
from this continued growth. Specifically,  the Company believes that a window of
opportunity   currently   exists  within  the  state  of  Oklahoma.   Currently,
competition  from  the  national  ISP's,   such  as  America  Online,   Prodigy,
CompuServe,  has had only  minimal  impact on the Oklahoma ISP market due to the
lack of local  dial-up  Internet  presence in rural  Oklahoma  and too many busy
signals.  In addition,  the local Oklahoma  education ISP, OneNet, is also not a
factor  due to the limits  placed on it by the  Oklahoma  legislature.  With the
demand for Internet access consistently  exceeding all projections,  the Company
believes  that its  target  area,  rural  Oklahoma,  is  grossly  underserviced.
Accordingly, the Company believes that a real opportunity exists for the Company
and its subsidiaries to establish a stronghold on the Oklahoma  Internet market,
given  the  local  infrastructure  that it  already  has in place as well as its
multi-pronged   marketing   strategy.   In  short,  the  Company,   through  its
subsidiaries,  believes  that  it is  well  positioned  to  provide  all  of the
telecommunications  needs throughout  Oklahoma whether it be through traditional
telephone service or the increasingly demanded Internet access.

         Internet Access Services

         The Company offers a full range of consumer  Internet  access  services
and a broad selection of business services, both of which are offered nationwide
at competitive  prices. The Company believes that its services provide customers
with the following benefits:

         - FAST AND RELIABLE  QUALITY  SERVICE.  The Company has  implemented  a
network architecture  providing  exceptional quality and consistency in Internet
services, making the Company a recognized leader in the Oklahoma ISP industry.

         The Company offers unlimited, unrestricted and reliable Internet access
at a low monthly price. A user to modem ratio of 8:1 assures access without busy
signals. Dial-up access is available for the following modem speeds: 14.4, 28.8,
33.6,  K56Flex,  56K V.90, ISDN 64K and ISDN 128K. The Company's  dial-up access
supports  all major  platforms  and  operating  systems,  including  MS Windows,
UNIX(R),  Mac OS, OS/2 and LINUX.  This allows simplified access to all Internet
applications,  including the World Wide Web (WWW), email, news and file transfer
protocol (FTP).

         -  COST-EFFECTIVE  ACCESS.  The Company  offers high  quality  Internet
connectivity and enhanced  business  services at price points that are generally
the  same or  slightly  lower  than  those  charged  by other  Internet  service

                                       5

<PAGE>

providers with national coverage. The Company offers pre-bundled access services
packages under monthly or prepaid plans.

         - SUPERIOR  CUSTOMER  SUPPORT.  The Company provides  superior customer
service and support,  with customer care and  technical  personnel  available by
telephone and/or on-line on a 24 hours-a-day, seven days-a-week basis.

         Value-added Internet Services

         Web  Hosting  and  E-Commerce  Support.  The  Company  offers  a  broad
selection of enhanced  business services that are focused on the practical needs
of businesses to support their Internet operations. In addition to the Company's
role as an ISP, the  Company,  through  Animus,  is an  established  web hosting
service  provider.  Both  directly  and through the  Company's  global  reseller
network,  the Company offers customers a broad range of affordable service plans
including web hosting,  advanced  E-commerce,  managed dedicated server,  server
co-location and dedicated network connectivity solutions.

         The Company's  technical staff guides customers  through every phase in
developing a web presence.  These phases include domain name registration,  site
design and set up, site maintenance and security.  The Company's E-commerce team
assists clients in leveraging their existing technology  investment to establish
a secure and reliable online shopping site. E-commerce involves selling products
and  services  on the  Internet.  It is a  dynamic  business  process  by  which
customers  interact  with sales  representatives.  Through  Animus,  the Company
offers a "virtual  shopping  cart"  program to keep track of multiple  sales and
facilitate inventory management and order processing.

         Online  shoppers   benefit  by  having   flexibility   over  purchasing
decisions, while the program handles all shipping and tax calculations.  Animus'
secure server allows online shoppers to enter their credit card or other payment
information  in complete  confidence by sending the  information in an encrypted
format.

         The  Company   believes   that   Animus'   systems  have  99.7%  uptime
reliability.  Client  websites are hosted on dual  processor  servers,  yielding
unusual speed and reliability.  Animus maintains multiple T1 connections and one
T3 connection with uninterrupted power and is multi-homed.

         Domain  Name  Registrar  Services.   On  July  8,  1999,  the  Internet
Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers (ICANN) announced that Animus was one
of only approximately 50 initial companies from around the world which have been
approved to act as  registrars  for the .com,  .net  and.org  Internet  domains.
Previously,  registration for the three most popular  top-level domains has been
handled  exclusively  by Network  Solutions of Herndon,  Virginia,  under a 1992
contract with the U.S. government.  With this coveted designation,  Animus joins
an elite group of companies that includes  Network  Solutions,  America  Online,
AT&T, and France Telecom.

         The assignment of Internet  domain names for a fee will  complement the
current  services  offered  by  the  Company  and  give  it an  opportunity  for
tremendous  growth  in a  business  that was  previously  conducted  by only one
company.  Currently, domain registration fees are $35 per domain name per annum.
The Company expects that the price charged for registration  fees will fall with
the entry of multiple  registrars;  moreover,  while no definitive agreement has
yet been reached with Network  Solutions,  the Company expects that a portion of
each fee charged by a registrar will be paid to Network  Solutions.  The Company
anticipates  that this business  segment  should prove a profitable  one for the
Company.

         IP Telephony.  The Company  intends to add IP telephony to the array of
value-added  Internet  services it offers to its customers.  IP telephony is the
delivery of telephone calls over the Internet.  Traditional telephone service is
a circuit-switched  technology.  When a long-distance call is placed, the system
switches open a direct connection  between the sender, and then over a series of
switching facilities, to the receiving party. The connection remains open during
the duration of the telephone call.  Since no one else can use the circuit while
a call is in progress,  more circuits are required,  which leads to inefficiency

                                       6

<PAGE>

and expense. In contrast, IP telephony is a packet-switched technology, which is
the basis of all  Internet  communication.  IP breaks up network data into small
chunks or packets,  which are then sent out on the  Internet.  These packets are
routed using the most  expedient  path  available at the time,  until they reach
their destination.  On the Internet,  this process happens in microseconds.  The
data can consist of e-mail, video, and voice.

         Thus,  a caller  will not  have to place a  conventional  long-distance
telephone call to reach a party anywhere in the world,  since with the Internet,
every  call is just an  e-mail  (voice),  i.e.,  local  call  away.  The  caller
initiates  a local  call to a  switching  center or gateway  connected  to an IP
provider.  The call travels over the Internet to the receiver's  geographic area
and a switching  center in that area  completes  the call over that local call's
telephone  lines. In 1996 the first IP telephony  technology was put into place.
Millions of individuals, governments, and corporations are using this technology
every day to send data, voice conversations, and even money.

Local Telephone Service

         The  Company  also  plans  to  provide  traditional  telephone  service
throughout parts of the State of Oklahoma  through its wholly owned  subsidiary,
Fulltel,  Inc.,  which is a licensed and regulated  "competitive  local exchange
carrier" providing local telephone service in sections of Oklahoma.  Competitive
local  exchange  carriers,  or CLEC's,  are new phone  companies born out of the
Telecommunications  Act of 1996 (the  "Telecommunications  Act"), which requires
the "incumbent  local  exchange  carriers"  (ILEC's),  such as the regional Bell
companies, to provide CLEC's access to their local facilities, and to compensate
CLEC's for traffic  originated by ILECs and  terminated  on the CLEC's  network.
ILEC's are required to pay this compensation for the term of the interconnection
agreement entered into between it and the CLEC.

         Fulltel was formed in February 1998 to compete with  Southwestern  Bell
Telephone and GTE by adding to the existing telephone network its own switch and
infrastructure  thereby  allowing  Fulltel to offer  local  services  in most of
Oklahoma,  including local dial up for the Internet access services  provided by
the Company.

         Part  of the  Company's  marketing  strategy  is to  capitalize  on the
perceived  synergies  between the Company's  Internet  activities  and Fulltel's
local dial-up  service.  By organizing  and funding  Fulltel,  the Company gains
local  dial up  Internet  access to 80% of the  State of  Oklahoma.  In  return,
Fulltel gains immediate access to all of the Company's ISP customer base.

         In the first six months of 1999 several  developments in the regulatory
arena have occurred which the Company  believes will have a favorable  impact on
the Company's  business.  In January 1999, the United States Supreme Court ruled
that CLEC's may, in effect,  "pick and  choose"  from  existing  interconnection
agreements  already in place between an ILEC and other  CLEC's.  That ruling has
allowed for far quicker  negotiations  with  Southwestern  Bell  Telephone,  the
dominant ILEC in Oklahoma, and the Company's interconnection agreement was filed
with the Oklahoma Corporation Commission in early April 1999. Additionally,  the
Federal  Communications  Commission  (the "FCC")  recently has adopted new rules
designed to make it easier and less expensive for CLECs to obtain  "collocation"
(which  allows  companies  such as us and other  interconnectors  to install and
maintain their own network  termination  equipment in ILEC central  offices) by,
among other things,  restricting  the ILECs' ability to prevent certain types of
equipment  from  being  collocated  and  requiring  ILECs to  offer  alternative
collocation  arrangements  to CLECs.  That will allow  Fulltel  to provide  xDSL
services  ("digital  subscriber  lines," faster  applications  using traditional
telephone  lines which can currently send data 25 times faster than  traditional
phone  lines) in  Oklahoma  City as soon as  Fulltel's  switching  equipment  is
"turned  on"  by  Southwestern  Bell  Telephone,  which  Southwestern  Bell  has
indicated will occur  sometime in the fourth  quarter of 1999. See  "-Regulatory
Matters."

                                       7


<PAGE>


Risk Factors

         This  Registration  Statement  includes  "forward  looking  statements"
within the meaning of Section 27A of the  Securities  Act and Section 21E of the
Exchange  Act.  Although the Company  believes  that its plans,  intentions  and
expectations reflected in such forward looking statements are reasonable, it can
give no assurance that such plans,  intentions or expectations will be achieved.
Important  factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the
Company's  forward looking  statements are set forth below and elsewhere in this
Registration  Statement.  All forward  looking  statements  attributable  to the
Company  or  persons  acting on its  behalf  are  expressly  qualified  in their
entirety by the cautionary statements set forth below.

         Limited  Operating  History.  The  Company  has  a  relatively  limited
operating  history upon which an evaluation  of the  Company's  prospects can be
made. Consequently,  the likelihood of success of the Company must be considered
in view of all of the risks,  expenses and delays inherent in the  establishment
and  growth  of  a  new  business  including,  but  not  limited  to,  expenses,
complications  and delays which cannot be foreseen when a business is commenced,
initiation of marketing activities,  the uncertainty of market acceptance of new
services, intense competition from larger more established competitors and other
factors.  The Company's ability to achieve  profitability and growth will depend
on  successful  development  and  commercialization  of its current and proposed
services.  No assurance  can be given that the Company will be able to introduce
its proposed services or market its services on a commercially successful basis.

         Necessity  of  Additional  Financing.  In order for the Company to have
any opportunity for significant  commercial success and  profitability,  it must
successfully obtain additional financing, either through borrowings,  additional
private placements or an initial public offering,  or some combination  thereof.
Although the Company is actively  pursuing a variety of funding  sources,  there
can  be  no   assurance   that   it  will  be   successful   in  such   pursuit.

         Potential  Claims  Under  State   Securities   Laws.  State and federal
securities laws require the  registration of securities,  unless  applicable law
provides for an exemption  from such  registration  requirements.  Additionally,
under certain  circumstances the agents of an issuer engaged in sales activities
must be registered as a  broker/dealer.  The Company has determined  that it may
have  inadvertently  failed to comply with such  requirements  in certain of the
states in which the  Common  Stock was sold.  Consequently,  in July  1999,  the
Company extended  rescission  offers to certain of its stockholders who acquired
Common Stock in the 504 Offering and who are  residents of Florida and Oklahoma.
The rescission offer is open for 30 days from the stockholders' receipt thereof.
The acceptance of the rescission offer by stockholders representing in excess of
$150,000 of the subscriptions in the 504 Offering will have a material,  adverse
effect on the Company  unless the Company is able to obtain  immediate  funds to
replace the amounts refunded. There can be no assurance that, in such event, the
Company   would  be  able  to  obtain   the   necessary   replacement   funding.

         Limited  Marketing  Experience.  The Company has limited  experience in
developing and  commercializing  new services based on innovative  technologies,
and there is limited information  available concerning the potential performance
of its hardware or market acceptance of its proposed  services.  There can be no
assurance that unanticipated  expenses,  problems or technical difficulties will
not occur which would result in material delays in product  commercialization or
that the Company's efforts will result in successful product commercialization.

         Uncertainty of  Products/Services  Development.  Although  considerable
time and financial  resources were expended in the  development of the Company's
services and products,  there can be absolutely no assurance  that problems will
not  develop  which would have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company.  The
Company will be required to commit  considerable  time,  effort and resources to
finalize such  development and adapt its  products/services  to satisfy specific
requirements of potential  customers.  Continued system refinement,  enhancement
and  development  efforts  are  subject  to  all of the  risks  inherent  in the
development of new products/services and technologies,  including  unanticipated
delays,  expenses,  technical problems or difficulties,  as well as the possible
insufficiency  of funds to  satisfactorily  complete  development,  which  could
result in abandonment or substantial change in  commercialization.  There can be
no assurance that development efforts will be successfully completed on a timely
basis,  or at all,  that the  Company  will be able to  successfully  adapt  its

                                       8

<PAGE>

hardware  and/or  software  to  satisfy   specific   requirements  of  potential
customers,  or that  unanticipated  events will not occur which would  result in
increased  costs or material  delays in  development  or  commercialization.  In
addition,  technologies as complex as those planned to be incorporated  into the
Company's  products/services may contain errors which become apparent subsequent
to commercial  use.  Remedying  such errors could delay the Company's  plans and
cause it to incur substantial additional costs.

         New Concept;  Uncertainty of Market  Acceptance  and  Commercialization
Strategy.  The  Company's  proposed  entry  into IP  telephony  represent  a new
business concept.  As is typical in the case of a new business  concept,  demand
and market  acceptance for a newly  introduced  product/service  is subject to a
high level of uncertainty. Achieving market acceptance for this new concept will
require  significant efforts and expenditures by the Company to create awareness
and demand by consumers.  The Company's  marketing  strategy and preliminary and
future marketing plans may be unsuccessful and are subject to change as a result
of a number of factors,  including progress or delays in the Company's marketing
efforts,  changes in market  conditions  (including the emergence of potentially
significant   related  market   segments  for   applications  of  the  Company's
technology),  the nature of possible license and distribution arrangements which
may or may not become available to it in the future and economic, regulatory and
competitive factors.  There can be no assurance that the Company's strategy will
result in successful  product  commercialization  or that the Company's  efforts
will result in initial or continued market acceptance for the Company's proposed
products.

         Competition;  Technological Obsolescence.  The markets that the Company
intends to enter are  characterized  by intense  competition  and an  increasing
number of potential  new market  entrants who have  developed or are  developing
potentially   competitive  products  and/or  services.  The  Company  will  face
competition  from  numerous  sources,  certain  of which may have  substantially
greater  financial,  technical,  marketing,  distribution,  personnel  and other
resources than the Company,  permitting  such  companies to implement  extensive
marketing  campaigns,  both  generally  and in response to efforts by additional
competitors  to enter into new markets and market new products and services.  In
addition,   the  markets  for  the  Company's  proposed   products/services  are
characterized by rapidly  changing  technology and evolving  industry  standards
which  could  result in  product  obsolescence  or short  product  life  cycles.
Accordingly,  the ability of the Company to compete will be  dependent  upon the
Company's  ability to complete  development  and  introduce  its product  and/or
services into the  marketplace  in a timely manner,  to continually  enhance and
improve its software and to successfully develop and market new products.  There
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to compete successfully,  that
competitors will not develop  technologies or products that render the Company's
products and/or services obsolete or less marketable or that the Company will be
able to  successfully  enhance  its  products  or develop  new  products  and/or
services.

         Risks Relating to the Internet.  Use of the Internet by consumers is in
a relatively early state, and market  acceptance of the Internet as a medium for
telephone service is subject to uncertainty. The rapid growth of global commerce
and the exchange of  information  on the  Internet and other online  networks is
relatively new and still  evolving,  making it difficult to predict  whether the
Internet will prove to be a viable commercial marketplace generally. The Company
believes  that its future  success  will depend on its ability to  significantly
increase  revenues,  which,  in  turn,  will be  materially  dependent  upon the
development  and widespread  acceptance of the Internet and online services as a
medium  for  telephone  service.  The  Internet  may not  prove  to be a  viable
commercial  marketplace  because  of  inadequate  development  of the  necessary
infrastructure,  such as reliable network backbones,  or complementary services,
such as high-speed modems and security procedures. The Internet has experienced,
and is expected to continue to experience,  significant  growth in the number of
users  and  amount  of  traffic.  There can be no  assurance  that the  Internet
infrastructure  will continue to be able to support the demands  placed on it by
sustained growth. In addition, the viability of the Internet may prove uncertain
due to delays in the  development  and adoption of new standards and  protocols,
the  inability  to  handle  increased  levels  of  Internet  activity  or due to
increased  government  regulation.  If use of the Internet  does not continue to
grow, or if the necessary Internet  infrastructure or complementary services are
not  developed  to  effectively  support  growth that may occur,  the  Company's
business,  results of  operations  and financial  condition  would be materially
adversely affected.

         Potential Government regulations. The Company's operations in the field
of local telephone  service  provider is closely  monitored and regulated by the
FCC. While the FCC and recent court  decisions have  consistently  supported the
concept of competition  with the RBOC's through the type of operations  proposed

                                       9

<PAGE>

to be engaged in by the Company,  no assurance can be given that the  regulatory
environment  will  not  change  or that  future  court  challenges  will  not be
successful.  In the  event  changes  are  made in the way  entities  such as the
Company  interface  with the RBOC's or if the  current  reciprocal  compensation
agreements  between the Company and Southwestern Bell Telephone are voided,  the
Company's future earning potential could be adversely impacted.

         Dependence  on Key  Personnel.  The success of the  Company  depends in
large part upon the continued  successful  performance of its current  executive
officers and key employees, Messrs. Timothy J. Kilkenny, Roger Laubhan and Jason
Ayers and Ms. Dawn Deckman, for the continued research,  development,  marketing
and operation of the Company. Although the Company has employed, and will employ
in the future,  additional qualified employees as well as retaining  consultants
having  significant  experience,  if Messrs.  Kilkenny,  Laubhan or Ayers or Ms.
Deckman  fail to perform  any of their  duties for any  reason  whatsoever,  the
ability the Company to market, operate and support its products/services will be
adversely  affected.  While the Company is located in areas where the  available
pool of  people  is  substantial,  there  is also  significant  competition  for
qualified personnel.

         Absence of Public Market.  There  currently is no public market for the
Common Stock and no  assurance  can be given that such a market will develop or,
if  developed,  that it will be  sustained.  The  Company  is in the  process of
preparing a  registration  statement to be filed with the SEC, which will permit
the Company's  common stock to be eligible for trading on the OTC Bulletin Board
when it becomes effective (which will occur automatically 60 days after filing).
However,  even  if the  common  stock  becomes  OTC  eligible,  there  can be no
assurance  that a market  maker will agree to quote the common  stock on the OTC
Bulletin Board.  Hence, there can be no assurance that stockholders will be able
to sell  their  shares  should  they  desire to do so. Any market for the common
stock that may develop, in all likelihood,  will be a limited one, and if such a
market does develop, the price may be volatile.

         No Payment of Dividends on Common  Stock.  The Company has not paid any
dividends  on  its  common  stock.  For  the  foreseeable  future,  the  Company
anticipates that all earnings,  if any, that may be generated from the Company's
operations  will be used to  finance  the  growth of the  Company  and that cash
dividends will not be paid to holders of the common stock.

         Penny Stock  Regulation.  Broker-dealer  practices in  connection  with
transactions  in "penny  stocks"  are  regulated  by certain  penny  stock rules
adopted by the SEC. Penny stocks generally are equity securities with a price of
less than $5.00 (other than securities registered on certain national securities
exchanges  or quoted on the NASDAQ  system).  The penny  stock  rules  require a
broker-dealer, prior to a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from
the rules,  to deliver a  standardized  risk  disclosure  document that provides
information  about  penny  stocks and the nature and level of risks in the penny
stock market.  The broker-dealer also must provide the customer with current bid
and offer quotations for the penny stock, the compensation of the  broker-dealer
and its  salesperson in the  transaction,  and, if the broker dealer is the sole
market-maker,  the broker-dealer must disclose this fact and the broker-dealer's
presumed  control over the market,  and monthly account  statements  showing the
market value of each penny stock held in the  customer's  account.  In addition,
broker-dealers  who sell such  securities  to  persons  other  than  established
customers  and  accredited  investors  (generally,  those persons with assets in
excess of $1,000,000 or annual income  exceeding  $200,000 or $300,000  together
with their spouse),  must make a special  written  determination  that the penny
stock is a suitable  investment  for the purchaser  and receive the  purchaser's
written agreement to the transaction.  Consequently, these requirements may have
the effect of reducing the level of trading  activity,  if any, in the secondary
market for a security  that is or becomes  subject to the penny stock rules.  If
the Company's  securities  are or become  subject to the penny stock rules,  the
Company's stockholders may find it more difficult to sell their shares.

Regulatory Matters

         The following summary of regulatory developments and legislation is not
complete.  It does not  describe all present and proposed  federal,  state,  and
local  regulation  and  legislation  affecting  the ISP  and  telecommunications
industries.  Existing  federal and state  regulations  are currently  subject to
judicial proceedings,  legislative hearings,  and administrative  proposals that
could change, in varying degrees,  the manner in which the Company's  businesses

                                       10

<PAGE>

operate.  The Company cannot  predict the outcome of these  proceedings or their
impact  upon the ISP and  telecommunications  industries  or upon the  Company's
business.

         Both the  provision  of Internet  access  service and the  provision of
underlying telecommunications services are affected by federal, state, local and
foreign regulation.  The FCC exercises  jurisdiction over all facilities of, and
services offered by, telecommunications carriers to the extent that they involve
the provision,  origination or  termination  of  jurisdictionally  interstate or
international   communications.   The  state   regulatory   commissions   retain
jurisdiction  over the same  facilities  and services to the extent they involve
origination or termination of  jurisdictionally  intrastate  communications.  In
addition,  as a result of the passage of the  Telecommunications  Act, state and
federal  regulators  share  responsibility  for  implementing  and enforcing the
domestic  pro-competitive policies of the Telecommunications Act. In particular,
state regulatory  commissions  have substantial  oversight over the provision of
interconnection  and  non-discriminatory  network  access  by  ILECs.  Municipal
authorities  generally  have  some  jurisdiction  over  access to rights of way,
franchises, zoning and other matters of local concern.

         The Company's  Internet  operations are not currently subject to direct
regulation  by  the  FCC or any  other  U.S.  governmental  agency,  other  than
regulations  applicable to businesses  generally.  However, the FCC continues to
review  its  regulatory   position  on  the  usage  of  the  basic  network  and
communications  facilities  by ISPs.  Although in an April 1998 Report,  the FCC
determined  that ISPs should not be treated as  telecommunications  carriers and
therefore  should not be regulated,  it is expected  that future ISP  regulatory
status will continue to be uncertain.  Indeed, in that report, the FCC concluded
that certain  services  offered over the  Internet,  such as  phone-to-phone  IP
telephony,    may   be   functionally    indistinguishable    from   traditional
telecommunications service offerings, and their non-regulated status may have to
be re-examined.

         Changes in the  regulatory  structure  and  environment  affecting  the
Internet access market, including regulatory changes that directly or indirectly
affect  telecommunications  costs or increase the likelihood of competition from
RBOC's or other  telecommunications  companies,  could have an adverse effect on
the  Company's  business.  Although  the  FCC has  decided  not to  allow  local
telephone  companies  to impose  per-minute  access  charges  on ISPs,  and that
decision  has  been  upheld  by the  reviewing  court,  further  regulatory  and
legislative  consideration of this issue is likely. In addition,  some telephone
companies are seeking relief through state regulatory  agencies.  The imposition
of access charges would affect the Company's costs of serving dial-up  customers
and could have a material  adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

         In  addition to our  Internet  activities,  the  Company  has  recently
focused attention on acquiring  telecommunications assets and facilities,  which
is a regulated  activity.  Fulltel,  the Company's wholly owned subsidiary,  has
received  an  received  CLEC  certification  in the  State of  Oklahoma,  and an
important part of the Company's growth strategy is obtaining CLEC  certification
in certain  other  states.  The  Telecommunications  Act requires  CLEC's not to
prohibit or unduly restrict resale of their services; to provide dialing parity,
number portability,  and nondiscriminatory access to telephone numbers, operator
services,  directory  assistance,  and directory  listings;  to afford access to
poles,  ducts,  conduits,   and  rights-of-way;   and  to  establish  reciprocal
compensation    arrangements    for   the   transport   and    termination    of
telecommunications  traffic.  In addition to federal  regulation of CLEC's,  the
states also impose regulatory  obligations upon CLEC's.  While these obligations
vary from state to state,  most states require CLEC's to file a tariff for their
services and charges;  require  CLEC's to charge just and  reasonable  rates for
their services, and not to discriminate among  similarly-situated  customers; to
file periodic  reports and pay certain fees; and to comply with certain services
standards  and  consumer  protection  laws.  As a  provider  of  domestic  basic
telecommunications  services,  particularly competitive local exchange services,
the Company could become subject to further regulation by the FCC and/or another
regulatory agency, including state and local entities.

         The  Telecommunications  Act  has  caused  fundamental  changes  in the
markets for local exchange services. In particular,  the  Telecommunications Act
and the FCC rules issued pursuant to it mandate competition in local markets and
require  that ILEC's  interconnect  with  CLEC's.  Under the  provisions  of the
Telecommunications  Act,  the FCC and state  public  utility  commissions  share
jurisdiction over the implementation of local competition:  the FCC was required

                                       11

<PAGE>

to promulgate general rules and the state commissions were required to arbitrate
and approve  individual  interconnection  agreements.  The courts have generally
upheld the FCC in its  promulgation of rules,  including a January 25, 1999 U.S.
Supreme  Court  ruling  which  determined  that  the  FCC  has  jurisdiction  to
promulgate national rules in pricing for interconnection.

         An  important  issue  for  CLEC's is the  right to  receive  reciprocal
compensation for the transport and termination of Internet traffic.  The Company
believes that, under the Telecommunications  Act, CLEC's are entitled to receive
reciprocal  compensation from ILEC's. However, some ILEC's have disputed payment
of reciprocal compensation for Internet traffic, arguing that ISP traffic is not
local  traffic.  Most  states  have  required  ILEC's to pay  CLEC's  reciprocal
compensation.  However,  in October 1998, the FCC determined  that dedicated DSL
service is an interstate  service and properly tariffed at the interstate level.
In February  1999,  the FCC  concluded  that at least a  substantial  portion of
dial-up ISP traffic is jurisdictionally  interstate. The FCC also concluded that
its  jurisdictional  decision does not alter the exemption  from access  charges
currently  enjoyed by ISPs.  The FCC  established  a  proceeding  to consider an
appropriate  compensation mechanism for interstate Internet traffic. Pending the
adoption of that  mechanism,  the FCC saw no reason to interfere  with  existing
interconnection  agreements and reciprocal  compensation  arrangements.  The FCC
order has been appealed. In addition,  there is a risk that state public utility
commissions  that have previously  considered this issue and ordered the payment
of  reciprocal  compensation  by the  ILEC's to the  CLEC's  may be asked by the
ILEC's to revisit their  determinations,  or may revisit their determinations on
their own  motion.  To date,  at least one ILEC has filed suit  seeking a refund
from a  carrier  of  reciprocal  compensation  that  the  ILEC  had paid to that
carrier.  There can be no assurance that any future court,  state  regulatory or
FCC decision on this matter will favor the Company's  position.  An  unfavorable
result may have an adverse impact on the Company's  potential future revenues as
a CLEC.

         As the Company becomes a competitor in local exchange markets,  it will
become subject to state requirements regarding provision of intrastate services.
This may include the filing of tarriffs  containing  rates and conditions.  As a
new entrant,  without  market  power,  the Company  expects to face a relatively
flexible regulatory environment.  Nevertheless,  it is possible that some states
could  require  the  Company to obtain  the  approval  of the  public  utilities
commission for the issuance of debt or equity or other  transactions which would
result in a lien on its property used to provide intrastate services.

Competition

         The market for Internet  connectivity and related services is extremely
competitive. The Company anticipates that competition will continue to intensify
as the use of the Internet  grows.  The tremendous  growth and potential  market
size of the Internet  access market has attracted  many new start-ups as well as
existing businesses from different industries.

         The Company believes that a reliable network, knowledgeable salespeople
and the quality of  technical  support  currently  are the  primary  competitive
factors in its  targeted  market and that  price is usually  secondary  to these
factors.

         The Company's current and prospective  competitors include, in addition
to other  national,  regional and local ISPs,  long distance and local  exchange
telecommunications  companies,  cable  television,  direct broadcast  satellite,
wireless  communications  providers  and on-line  service  providers.  While the
Company believes that its network,  products and customer service distinguish it
from these  competitors,  most of these competitors have  significantly  greater
market  presence,  brand  recognition,  and  financial,  technical and personnel
resources than the Company.

ISP's

         According  to  industry  sources,  there were over  6,700  ISP's in the
United  States and Canada in 1998,  consisting  of national,  regional and local
providers.  The Company's current primary competitors include other ISP's with a
significant  national presence which focus on business customers,  such as UUNet
Technologies,  Inc., GTE Internetworking  (formerly BBN), Concentric Network and
DIGEX. While the Company believes that its level of customer service and support

                                       12

<PAGE>

and target market focus distinguish it from these competitors,  such competitors
have greater  market share,  brand  recognition,  and  financial,  technical and
personnel   resources   than  the  Company.   The  Company  also  competes  with
unaffiliated regional and local ISP's in our targeted geographic regions.

Telecommunications Carriers

         The  major  long  distance  companies,   also  known  as  interexchange
carriers,  including AT&T, MCI WorldCom, Cable & Wireless/IMCI and Sprint, offer
Internet  access  services and compete with the Company.  Reforms in the federal
regulation of the telecommunications industry have created greater opportunities
for incumbent  local exchange  carriers,  or ILEC's,  including the RBOC's,  and
other CLEC's, to enter the Internet connectivity market. In order to address the
Internet  connectivity  requirements of the business  customers of long distance
and local carriers,  the Company believes that there is a move toward horizontal
integration  by ILEC's and CLEC's through  acquisitions  or joint ventures with,
and the wholesale purchase of,  connectivity from ISP's. The MCI/WorldCom merger
(and the prior WorldCom/MFS/UUNet consolidation),  GTE's acquisition of BBN, the
acquisition by ICG  Communications,  Inc. of Netcom,  Global Crossing's recently
announced plans to acquire Frontier Corp. (and Frontier's  prior  acquisition of
Global Center) and AT&T's recent purchase of IBM's global communications network
are  indicative  of this trend.  Accordingly,  the Company  expects that it will
experience  increased   competition  from  the  traditional   telecommunications
carriers.  These  telecommunications  carriers,  in  addition  to their  greater
network  coverage,  market  presence,  and  financial,  technical  and personnel
resources, also have large existing commercial customer bases.

Cable  Companies,   Direct  Broadcast  Satellite  and  Wireless   Communications
Companies

         Many  of the  major  cable  companies  have  announced  that  they  are
exploring the  possibility  of offering  Internet  connectivity,  relying on the
viability of cable modems and economical upgrades to their networks. Continental
Cablevision,  Inc.,  Tele-Communications,  Inc.  ("TCI") and At Home Corporation
(@Home)  have  announced  trials to  provide  Internet  cable  service  to their
residential customers in select areas. Cable companies,  however, are faced with
large-scale  upgrades of their existing plant  equipment and  infrastructure  in
order to support  connections  to the  Internet  backbone via  high-speed  cable
access devices. Additionally,  their current subscriber base and market focus is
residential, which requires that they partner with business-focused providers or
undergo massive sales and marketing and network  development efforts in order to
target the business sector.  Several  announcements also recently have been made
by other  alternative  service companies  approaching the Internet  connectivity
market  with  various   wireless   terrestrial   and   satellite-based   service
technologies.  These  include  Hughes  Network  Systems'  DirecPC  product  that
provides  high-speed data through direct  broadcast  satellite  technology;  CAI
Wireless  Systems  Inc.'s  announcement  of  an  MMDS  wireless  cable  operator
launching  data  services  via  2.5 to 2.7  GHz and  high-speed  wireless  modem
technology;  Cellularvision's  announcement  that it is offering Internet access
via high-speed wireless LMDS technology;  and WinStar  Communications,  a 38 GHz
radio company that  wholesales  its network  capacity to other  carriers and now
offers high-speed  Internet access to business  customers.  The Company believes
that there is a trend toward  horizontal  integration  involving cable companies
through   acquisitions   or  joint   ventures   between   cable   companies  and
telecommunications  carriers.  The  acquisition  of TCI by AT&T is indicative of
this trend.

On-line Service Providers

         The dominant on-line service  providers,  including  Microsoft Network,
America Online,  Incorporated  and Prodigy,  Inc., have all entered the Internet
access  business by engineering  their current  proprietary  networks to include
Internet access capabilities. The Company competes to a lesser extent with these
service  providers,  which  currently  are  primarily  focused  on the  consumer
marketplace  and offer their own content,  including  chat rooms,  news updates,
searchable reference databases,  special interest groups and shopping.  However,
America Online's recent acquisition of Netscape  Communications  Corporation and
related  strategic  alliance  with Sun  Microsystems  will  enable it to offer a
broader array of IP-based services and products that could significantly enhance
its ability to appeal to the business marketplace and, as a result, compete more
directly with the Company.  CompuServe  has also  announced  that it will target
Internet connectivity for the small to medium-sized business market.

                                       13

<PAGE>


         The Company believes that its ability to attract business customers and
to market value-added  services is a key to its future success.  However,  there
can be no assurance that the Company's competitors will not introduce comparable
services or products at similar or more attractive  prices in the future or that
the  Company  will not be  required  to reduce its prices to match  competition.
Recently,  many  competitive  ISP's have  shifted  their  focus from  individual
customers to business customers.  Moreover,  there can be no assurance that more
of the Company's  competitors will not shift their focus to attracting  business
customers,  resulting in even more competition for the Company.  There can be no
assurance  that the  Company  will be able to  offset  the  effects  of any such
competition or resulting price reductions. Increased competition could result in
erosion of the Company's  market share and could have a material  adverse effect
on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Customers

         In 1998,  no  customer  represented  in excess of 10% of the  Company's
gross revenues.

Employees

         As of  June  30,  1999,  the  Company  had  12  employees  employed  in
engineering,  sales,  marketing,  customer support and related  activities,  and
general  and  administrative  functions.  None  of the  Company's  employees  is
represented by a labor union,  and the Company  considers its relations with its
employees to be good.  The Company also  engages  consultants  from time to time
with respect to various aspects of its business.

Item 2.  Management's Discussion and Analysis or Plan of Operation.

Overview

         The  Company is a regional  provider of  consumer  Internet  access and
business services,  offering innovative technological solutions for individuals,
businesses,  organizations,   education  institutions,  as  well  as  government
agencies.  The Company  operates  through  itself and  through two wholly  owned
subsidiaries, Fulltel and Animus.

         The Company's  revenues are derived  primarily from providing  Internet
access services to individual and business  subscribers.  Revenues are comprised
principally   of  recurring   revenues   from  the  Company's   customer   base,
non-recurring  start-up fees for modem and leased line  connections  and various
forms of ancillary  services  including but not exclusive to hardware sales. The
Company charge  subscription  fees,  which are billed  monthly or quarterly,  in
advance,  typically under pre-authorized  credit card accounts or automatic bank
transfers. The Company has not yet generated any revenue from Fulltel.

         Monthly subscriptions services revenue is recognized over the period in
which the services are provided.  Service revenues derived from dedicated access
services,  which  require the  purchase  and  installation  of  equipment at the
customer's location, are recognized when the service is commenced.  Fee revenues
for ancillary services are recognized when performed.

         Acceleration in the growth of the Company's  subscriber base or changes
in usage patterns among subscribers may increase  operating costs.  Acceleration
in the  growth  of the  subscriber  base  could  require  the  Company  to  hire
additional  personnel and increase its expenses  related to  marketing,  network
infrastructure and customer support sooner than anticipated. An increase in peak
time usage or an overall increase in usage by subscribers could adversely affect
the Company's  ability to consistently  meet the demand for our access services.
As a result,  the  Company  may be required  to hire  additional  personnel  and
increase  expenses  related  to network  infrastructure  capacity  with  minimal
corresponding increases in revenue on a per subscriber basis.




                                       14


<PAGE>


Acquisitions

         The Company has expanded its  operations in part through  acquisitions,
which has placed and may continue to place a significant strain on the Company's
management,  personnel,   administrative,   operational,   financial  and  other
resources.  To successfully  manage its growth,  the Company will be required to
continue to implement  and improve  information  and  operating  systems,  hire,
train,  and  manage an  increasing  number of  management  and other  personnel,
monitor  its  operations  and  integrate  new  technologies  as they  be  become
available.

         In April 1998,  the  Company  acquired  all the issued and  outstanding
stock of Animus  Communcations  Inc.,  a company  engaged in the business of web
hosting. Animus is currently doing business in 37 countries around the world and
was responsible for approximately $250,000 of the Company's revenues in 1998.

Results of Operations

Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997

Revenues

         Revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998 were $1,001,787  compared
to $511,903 for the year ended  December  31, 1997.  The increase in revenue was
due  principally to three factors:  one, the increase in dial-up and leased line
subscriber  base;  two, the  entrance  into the Value Added  Reseller  (VAR) and
integration market, which includes sale of hardware;  and three, the acquisition
of Animus,  which  contributed  approximately  $250,000 of the  Company's  gross
revenues for 1998.

Cost of Revenues

         Cost of revenues for 1998 was  $790,155  compared to $460,322 for 1997.
Cost of revenues as a  percentage  of  revenues  for 1998 was 78.8%  compared to
89.9% for 1997. The decrease in cost of revenues can be attributed to the higher
margins that exist in the web hosting business.

Operating Expenses

         Operating  expenses  for 1998 were  $138,123  compared to $129,827  for
1997. The increase in operating expenses was attributable to higher advertising,
payroll,  professional  fees and rent  expense  incurred  in 1998 to support the
increased revenue base.

Interest Expense

          Interest  expense for 1998 was  $75,398  compared to $50,588 for 1997.
The  increase in  interest  expense  was  largely  due to  additional  borrowing
incurred to acquire Animus.

Net Loss

         The Company  incurred a net loss of $209,134 for 1998 compared to a net
loss of $180,415 for 1997, an increase of approximately 16%. The increase in net
loss was  attributable  principally to increased  expenditures  associated  with
increasing the capacity of the Company's  network to accommodate the increase in
subscribers  expected  to  be  generated  when  Fulltel's  telephone  operations
commence.


                                       15
<PAGE>


Liquidity and Capital Resources

         The  expansion  of the  Company's  business  will  require  significant
capital to fund capital  expenditures,  working capital needs,  debt service and
the cash flow deficits  generated by operating losses.  The Company's  principal
capital  expenditure  requirements  include the  purchase  and  installation  of
switches and transmission  equipment  collocated in ILEC central offices and the
further  development  of operations  support  systems and other  automated  back
office systems.  Additionally,  the growth of the Company's web hosting business
will require significant capital expenditures.

         To date, the Company has primarily funded its expenditures through bank
borrowings and the sale of its equity  securities.  During the second quarter of
1998,  the Company  received  proceeds  of  $648,500  through the sale of equity
securities pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D of the Securities Act.

         The  Company  expects  to  make  significant  capital  outlays  for the
foreseeable future in order to continue the development activities called for in
its current  business plan and to fund expected  operating  losses.  The Company
currently estimates that the cash required to fund capital  expenditures for its
expansion plans will be approximately $500,000 in 1999. In order for the Company
to  implement  its  current  business  plan and finance  its  projected  capital
expenditures  for 1999 and thereafter,  the Company will be required to seek and
obtain significant  amounts of additional  financing (debt and/or equity) within
the next year.  The Company's  expansion  plans in Oklahoma are  dependent  upon
raising  substantial  additional  financing in the near term.  If the  Company's
plans or assumptions change, if its assumptions prove to be inaccurate, or if it
experiences  unanticipated costs or competitive  pressures,  the Company will be
required to seek additional capital sooner than currently anticipated,  possibly
within the next three to six months.  In  particular,  if the Company  elects to
pursue  significant  additional  acquisition  opportunities  or to  deploy  more
switches than currently planned, its cash needs may be increased  substantially.
There can be no assurance  that the  Company's  current  projection of cash flow
(and losses) from operations (which will depend upon numerous future factors and
conditions,  many  of  which  are  outside  of the  Company's  control)  will be
accurate.  Because the Company's  cost of developing  new networks and services,
funding other strategic  initiatives and operating its business will depend on a
variety of factors (including, among other things, the number of subscribers and
the service for which they  subscribe,  the nature and  penetration  of services
that may be offered by the Company,  regulatory  changes,  and actions  taken by
competitors in response to the Company's  strategic  initiatives),  it is almost
certain  that actual  costs and revenue will vary from  expected  amounts,  very
likely to a material  degree,  and that such variations are likely to affect The
Company's  future  capital  requirements.  Current  cash  balances  will  not be
sufficient to fund the Company's  current business plan beyond the next year. As
a  consequence,  the  Company  intends to seek  additional  debt  and/or  equity
financing to fund the Company's  liquidity.  There can be no assurance  that the
Company will be able to raise  additional  capital on  satisfactory  terms or at
all. In the event that the Company is unable to obtain such  additional  capital
or to obtain it on acceptable terms or in sufficient  amounts,  the Company will
be required to delay the  development  of its network or take other actions that
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  operating
results and financial  condition and its ability to achieve sufficient cash flow
to service debt requirements.

         The ability of the Company to fund the capital  expenditures  and other
costs  contemplated  by its business  plan and to make  scheduled  payments with
respect to the bank  borrowings,  will  depend  upon,  among other  things,  its
ability  to seek and  obtain  additional  financing  within  the next  year,  to
implement its business plan, to deploy its network and expand its operations and
to obtain and retain a  significant  number of customers in its target  markets,
and the future operating  performance of the Company and its subsidiaries.  Each
of  these  factors  is,  to a large  extent,  subject  to  economic,  financial,
competitive,  political,  regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond
the  Company's  control.  The Company  expects that it will  generate  operating
losses  for the  foreseeable  future  and that its  business  will not  generate
positive cash flow for the  foreseeable  future.  In addition,  the Company will
require significant amounts of additional financing, which may not be available,
before it will be able to generate positive cash flow. No assurance can be given
that the Company will be  successful in  developing  and  maintaining a level of
cash flow from  operations  sufficient to permit it to pay the principal of, and
interest and any other payments on, outstanding indebtedness.  If the Company is
unable  to  generate  sufficient  cash  flow  from  operations  to  service  its
indebtedness,  it may  have to  modify  its  growth  plans,  limit  its  capital
expenditures,  restructure  or refinance  its  indebtedness  or seek  additional
capital or liquidate its assets. There can be no assurance (i) that any of these

                                       16

<PAGE>

strategies could be effected on satisfactory  terms, if at all, or (ii) that any
such strategy would yield  sufficient  proceeds to service the Company's debt or
otherwise adequately fund operations.

Year 2000 Issue

         The year 2000 issue is the result of computer  programs  being  written
using two digits  rather  than four to define the  applicable  year.  Any of the
Company's computer programs that have date-sensitive  software may recognize the
date  using  "00" as the  year  1900  rather  than the year  2000.  The  Company
anticipates  spending  $500,000  on new  systems  by the end of 1999 from  funds
provided by the 504 Offering or from new sources of capital.  However,  specific
expenditures  for year 2000 costs are not being made related to the new systems.
The Company has completed its assessment on the consequences of the year 2000 on
information  technology  systems. As the Company has a relatively short history,
virtually  all  systems  are newly  created  or are being  created  and,  during
information  technology  development,  year 2000 issues  have been  consistently
addressed.

         Other  non-information  technology systems which may be affected by the
year 2000 issue include  systems  provided to the Company by third parties.  The
most significant third party systems are those which operate ILEC interfaces and
billing  records,  switching  equipment  and customer  premises  equipment.  The
Company has been assured by significant  third parties that year 2000 compliance
will be  accomplished  by the end of 1999. If such compliance is not achieved by
these third  parties,  it would have a material  adverse effect on the Company's
business,  operating results and financial  condition and its ability to achieve
sufficient cash flow.

Impact of Inflation

         The  Company  does not believe  that  inflation  has had a  significant
impact on the Company's consolidated operations.

Seasonality

         The Company's business is not considered to be seasonal.

Item 3.  Description of Property.

         The Company  currently is  headquartered  in  facilities  consisting of
approximately  1,800 square feet in Oklahoma  City, of which  approximately  800
square feet is leased on a month-to month basis, and approximately  1,000 square
feet is leased under a lease agreement with a term expiring  September 2000. The
Company is finalizing  negotiations for a new lease agreement for  approximately
4,900 square feet in another facility.  Although no definitive agreement has yet
been  executed,  it is  anticipated  that the agreement will provide for monthly
payments of approximately  $4,000 commencing in September 1999. The Company also
leases space in a number of traditional  telephone  company  central offices and
private facilities in which the Company's equipment is housed.









                                       17


<PAGE>


Item 4.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

         The  following  table  sets  forth  information  as of June  30,  1999,
concerning  the  beneficial  ownership of Common Stock by each of the  Company's
directors,  each executive officer named in the table under the heading "Item 5.
Directors  and  Executive  Officers,  Promoters  and  Control  Persons"  and all
directors and executive  officers of the Company as a group,  and by each person
who is known by the  Company  to own more than 5% of the  outstanding  shares of
Common Stock. Unless otherwise  indicated,  the beneficial owner has sole voting
and investment power with respect to such stock.



          Name and Address                   Shares                Percent of
         of Beneficial Holder(1)         Beneficially Owned          Class
- --------------------------------         ------------------        ----------
Timothy J. Kilkenny*(2)                     1,380,000(3)             65.72%

Laura L. Kilkenny*(2)                          (3)                    (3)

Roger s. Laubhan                               (4)                    (4)

Jason C. Ayers                                 (5)                    (5)

All executive officers and directors
  as a group (4 persons)                       1,380,000             65.72%

- ---------------------

*        Director

(1)  Unless  otherwise noted, the Company believes that each person named in the
     table has sole  voting  and  investment  power  with  respect to all shares
     beneficially owned by such person.
(2)  Address is c/o Fullnet  Communications,  Inc.,  200 N. Harvey,  Suite 1704,
     Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73102.
(3)  Timothy J. Kilkenny and Laura L. Kilkenny  hold  1,380,000  shares as joint
     tenants. Amounts shown do not include options to purchase 120,000 shares at
     $1.15 per share beginning October 2000.
(4)  Pursuant to a stock bonus  granted in June 1999 by the Board of  Directors,
     Mr. Laubhan has been granted a number of shares of common stock equal to 3%
     of the fully diluted  common stock  outstanding  at such date.  Such shares
     have  not  yet  been  issued,  pending  resolution  of  certain  contingent
     compensation,  payable in the form of Common Stock and stock options, which
     were to be paid to a third party in  connection  with a financial  advisory
     services agreement.
(5)  Pursuant to a stock bonus  granted in June 1999 by the Board of  Directors,
     Mr.  Ayers has been  granted a number of shares of common stock equal to 1%
     of the fully diluted  common stock  outstanding  at such date.  Such shares
     have  not  yet  been  issued,  pending  resolution  of  certain  contingent
     compensation,  payable in the form of Common Stock and stock options, which
     were to be paid to a third party in  connection  with a financial  advisory
     services agreement.

Item 5.  Directors and Executive Officers, Promoters and Control Persons

Directors and Executive Officers

         The  following  sets  forth  certain  information  as of June 30,  1999
concerning  the directors and  executive  officers of the Company.  The Board of
Directors  currently  consists of two members,  although the Company  intends to
increase the size of the Board in the near future. The executive officers of the
Company are elected annually by the Board of Directors.  The directors serve one
year terms until their  successors  are elected.  The executive  officers  serve
terms of one year or until their death,  resignation  or removal by the Board of
Directors.  There are no family  relationships  between any of the directors and
executive  officers,  other  than  between  Timothy  J.  Kilkenny  and  Laura L.
Kilkenny,  who are husband and wife. In addition,  there was no  arrangement  or


                                       18

<PAGE>

understanding  between any  executive  officer and any other person  pursuant to
which any person was selected as an executive officer.


            Name            Age               Position
            ----            ---               --------

Timothy J. Kilkenny ........ 40      Chairman of the Board of Directors,
                                     President and Chief executive Officer

Laura L. Kilkenny........... 42      Corporate Secretary and Director

Roger S. Laubhan............ 48      Vice President and Chief Technology Officer

Jason C. Ayers.............. 24      Vice President and President of Animus
                                     Communications, Inc.

         Timothy J. Kilkenny has been  President,  Chief  Executive  Officer and
Chairman of the Board of  Directors  of the Company  since its  inception in May
1995. Prior to that time, he spent 14 years in the financial  planning  business
as a manager for both  MetLife  and  Prudential.  Mr.  Kilkenny is a graduate of
Central Bible College in Springfield, Missouri.

         Laura L. Kilkenny, D.O., has been Corporate Secretary and a director of
the Company since May 1995. Dr.  Kilkenny  received her Doctorate of Osteopathic
Medicine in May 1997. She has had extensive  banking and  accounting  experience
since  1976 when she began a banking  career  that  lasted  until  1990 when she
changed careers.

         Roger S. Laubhan has been Vice President  and Chief Technology  Officer
of the Company since April 1999. He served as Chief of Network Operations of the
Company from December 1995 to April 1999. He has a B. S. degree in  aeronautical
technology from Oklahoma State University, and an MBA from Webster University of
St. Louis,  Illinois. Mr. Laubhan served 20 years in the United States Air Force
as an instructor  pilot,  retiring with the rank of major.  Mr.  Laubhan has had
formal  training with Cisco and US Robotics and has 15 years of experience  with
personal computers.

         Jason C. Ayers has been President  of Animus since its  acquisition  by
the  Company in April 1998 and was  elected a Vice  President  of the Company in
April 1999. Mr. Ayers received a B. S. degree from Southern Nazarene  University
in May 1996 with a triple major in Computer  Science,  Math,  and Physics.  Upon
graduating,  he was a co-founder of Animus, a web hosting  company.  On April 1,
1998,  Animus was  acquired  by the Company  and Mr.  Ayers  assumed the role of
President of the wholly owned subsidiary.

Key Employees

         Dawn  Deckman,  41, has been the Director of Sales and  Marketing  for
the Company since April 1997.  Ms.  Deckman has been in sales and  management in
the telephony/data/Internet industry for the past five years.

         Michael  D  Tomas,  27,  has been IT  Manager  since  June  1999 and an
employee of the Company  since July 1996. Mr Tomas  currently is completing  his
studies at the  University  of Oklahoma for a degree in  Management  Information
Systems.  Mr.  Tomas has formal  training  with Cisco,  Win 3.1,  Win95/98,  and
Windows NT 4.0 as well as LAN/WAN  setup,  including  experience  with  wireless
networking.

Item 6.  Executive Compensation.

         Set forth in the following table is information as to the  compensation
paid to the Company's Chief Executive  Officer for each of the three years ended
December 31, 1998. No officer or director of the Company received, during any of
such periods, total compensation in excess of $100,000.



                                       19

<PAGE>


Summary Compensation Table


                                                            Annual Compensation
                                                            -------------------

Name and Principal Position                        Year     Salary    Other
- ---------------------------                        ----     ------    -----
Timothy J. Kilkenny, Chairman of the Board
   and Chief Executive Officer                     1998    $31,200    $7,433(1)

                                                   1997     34,540     5,574(2)

                                                   1996     30,000     4,160(3)


(1)  Represents  $1,875  of  expense  reimbursement  for  business  use  of  Mr.
     Kilkenny's  automobile and $5,558 of insurance premiums paid by the Company
     for the benefit of Mr. Kilkenny.

(2)  Represents  $1,414  of  expense  reimbursement  for  business  use  of  Mr.
     Kilkenny's  automobile and $4,160 of insurance premiums paid by the Company
     for the benefit of Mr. Kilkenny.

(3)  Represents $4,160 of insurance premiums paid by the Company for the benefit
     of Mr. Kilkenny.

Stock Options Granted in Fiscal 1998

         The  Company  does not have a stock  option  plan,  nor were any  stock
options  granted by the Company  during  fiscal 1998 outside a plan. In February
1999,  options to acquire an  aggregate  of 120,000  shares of Common Stock were
granted to Mr. Kilkenny.  The options,  which are not exercisable  until October
2000,  have an exercise price of $1.15 per share and are exercisable in whole or
in part until October 2003.

Item 7.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

         On March 26, 1998 the Company purchased 100% of the outstanding  common
stock of Animus Communications, Inc. ("Animus"), an Oklahoma corporation engaged
in the business of providing Web Hosting  Services,  selling computer  equipment
and providing  configuration  and  maintenance of the  equipment.  The aggregate
purchase price for the Animus stock was $350,000,  of which $175,000 was paid at
closing with the  remaining  $175,000  paid in two  installments  subsequent  to
closing.  In connection with the acquisition,  Jason C. Ayers, Vice President of
the Company and President of Animus, was paid approximately  $28,542 in 1998 and
$29,792 in 1999 for his 1,000 shares of Animus common stock,  which  represented
approximately  16.67% of the total  number  of  shares  of Animus  common  stock
outstanding.  The pro rata price paid to Mr.  Ayers by the Company for his 1,000
shares of Animus common stock was the same price paid to other  stockholders  of
Animus.

         In  connection  with the first  installment  payment of $50,000  due in
September 1998 to the former Animus stockholders,  Mr. Kilkenny advanced $50,000
to the  Company.  Monthly  payments of principal  and interest  were paid by the
Company until April 1999, when the $50,000 was repaid in full.








                                       20

<PAGE>


Item 8.  Description of Securities.

         The authorized  capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 10,000,000
shares of  Common  Stock,  having a par value of  $.00001  per  share,  of which
2,099,928  shares were issued and  outstanding  at June 30, 1999.  At such date,
there were approximately 78 stockholders of record of the Common Stock.

Common Stock

         The holders of Common  Stock are entitled to one vote for each share on
all matters  submitted to a vote of stockholders.  There is no cumulative voting
with respect to the election of directors. Accordingly, holders of a majority of
the shares  entitled to vote in any election of  directors  may elect all of the
directors  standing for election.  Subject to preferences that may be applicable
to any then  outstanding  class of preferred  stock, the holders of Common Stock
are entitled to receive such dividends,  if any, as may be declared by the Board
of Directors from time to time out of legally available funds. Upon liquidation,
dissolution  or  winding up of the  Company,  the  holders  of Common  Stock are
entitled  to share  ratably  in all  assets  of the  Company  that  are  legally
available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and
subject  to the prior  rights of holders  of any class of  preferred  stock then
outstanding.  The  holders  of Common  Stock have no  preemptive,  subscription,
redemption or  conversion  rights.  The rights,  preferences  and  privileges of
holders of Common  Stock are  subject to the rights of the  holders of shares of
any series of preferred stock that the Company may issue in the future.

Transfer Agents, Warrant Agent and Registrar

         The  transfer  agent  for  the  Common  Stock  is  Securities  Transfer
Corporation, Dallas, Texas.

                                     PART II

Item 1. Market Price of and  Dividends  on the  Registrant's  Common  Equity and
Related Stockholder Matters.

General

         The authorized  capital stock of the Company consists of (i) 10,000,000
shares of  common  stock,  having a par value of  $.00001  per  share,  of which
2,099,928  shares were issued and  outstanding  at June 30, 1999.  At such date,
there were outstanding options to purchase an aggregate 120,000 shares of Common
Stock.  Additionally,  a maximum  of 200,000  shares of Common  Stock as well as
options to purchase an  aggregate  90,000  shares of Common  Stock may be issued
pursuant  to  the  terms  of a  financial  advisory  services  agreement  with a
financial  advisory firm. The agreement is the subject of a dispute  between the
Company and the financial  advisor,  and none of the shares or options have been
issued pending  resolution of the dispute.  See "Item 5. Legal  Proceedings." In
June 1999,  the Board of Directors  granted stock  bonuses to certain  executive
officers and employees of the Company in an aggregate  amount equal to 7% of the
fully diluted common stock  outstanding  at such date.  Such shares have not yet
been issued, pending resolution of the amounts of Common Stock and stock options
payable in connection with the financial advisory services agreement.

Market Information

         There  is no  public  trading  market  for  the  Company's  securities.
Although  the  Company's  common  stock will be eligible  for trading on the OTC
Bulletin Board upon the effectiveness of this registration statement,  there can
be no assurance  that a market maker will agree to quote the common stock on the
OTC Bulletin Board.  Hence,  there can be no assurance that stockholders will be
able to sell their shares should they desire to do so. See "Item 1.  Description
of Business-Risk Factors-Absence of Public Market."


                                       21

<PAGE>


Number of Stockholders

         The number of  beneficial  holders of record of the Common Stock of the
Company as of the close of business on June 30, 1999 was approximately 78.

Dividend Policy

         To date,  the Company  has  declared  no cash  dividends  on its Common
Stock,  and does not expect to pay cash  dividends in the next term. The Company
intends to retain future earnings, if any, to provide funds for operation of its
business.

Item 2.  Legal Proceedings.

         The Company is not currently engaged in any material legal proceedings.
It is,  however,  subject to state  commission,  FCC and court decisions as they
relate to the interpretation and implementation of the  Telecommunications  Act,
the  interpretation  of  CLEC  interconnection  agreements  in  general  and our
interconnection  agreements  in  particular.  In some cases,  the Company may be
deemed to be bound by the results of ongoing  proceedings of these bodies or the
legal outcomes of other contested interconnection agreements that are similar to
agreements  to  which  the  Company  is a  party.  The  results  of any of these
proceedings  could have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,
prospects, financial condition and results of operations.

         In  February  1999,  the  Company  entered  into a  financial  advisory
services  agreement with a financial  advisory  firm,  pursuant to which Company
Common  Stock and stock  options  were to be  issued to such  entity as  partial
compensation  for  services  to be  performed  by  the  financial  advisor.  The
agreement  is the subject of a dispute  between  the  Company and the  financial
advisor.  A maximum 200,000 shares of Common Stock were to be issued pursuant to
the terms of the agreement,  as well as options to purchase an aggregate  90,000
shares of Common Stock at $1.25 per share  beginning  October  2000.  The Common
Stock and options have not yet been issued pending resolution of the dispute. As
of August 11, 1999, there were no legal proceedings  pending with respect to the
matters in dispute.

Item 3.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants.

         Not applicable.










                                       22


<PAGE>


Item 4.  Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

         In April 1999,  the  Company  completed  an  offering of Common  Stock,
effected pursuant to Rule 504 of Regulation D of the Securities Act. Pursuant to
the 504  Offering,  an aggregate of 648,500  shares of Common Stock were issued.
The  following  table  sets  forth,  as of June 30,  1999,  the use of the gross
proceeds of the 504 Offering:

         Start-up costs for Fulltel (1)                            $116,193
         Note payable (2)                                           125,000
         Note payable (3)                                            50,000
         Marketing costs                                              7,800
         Working capital                                            284,507
         Commissions and advisory fees                               65,000
                                                                   --------
               Total                                               $648,500
                                                                   ========
- ----------------------------

(1)  Includes  consulting  fees,  accounting  and legal  costs  associated  with
     obtaining  the carrier  license from the Oklahoma  Corporation  Commission,
     which regulates telephone carriers in the state of Oklahoma.
(2)  This note payable  represented the final  installment of the purchase price
     of  Animus  Communications,  Inc.  ("Animus"),  which was  acquired  by the
     Company in March 1998 for an aggregate purchase price of $350,000, of which
     $175,000  was paid in cash at closing  with the balance due over a one-year
     period. Animus provides web hosting services to entities in 38 countries.
(3)  This note payable  evidenced the  Company's  obligation to repay an advance
     made to the Company in September 1998 by Timothy J. Kilkenny, the President
     and principal  stockholder of the Company.  Monies advanced by Mr. Kilkenny
     were used by the Company to make an  installment  payment due to the former
     stockholders of Animus.

Item 5.  Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

         Section  1006(B)(7)  of the  General  Corporation  Act of the  State of
Oklahoma  (the  "OGCA")   authorizes  a  corporation   in  its   certificate  of
incorporation  to eliminate  or limit the  personal  liability of members of its
board of directors to the corporation or its  stockholders  for monetary damages
for  violations  of  a  director's   fiduciary  duty  of  care,  including  acts
constituting  gross  negligence.  Such a  provision  would have no effect on the
availability  of equitable  remedies,  such as an injunction or rescission,  for
breach of fiduciary duty. In addition,  no such provision may eliminate or limit
the liability of a director for breaching his duty of loyalty to the corporation
or its  shareholders,  failing to act in good  faith,  engaging  in  intentional
misconduct  or  knowingly  violating  a law,  paying  an  unlawful  dividend  or
approving an illegal stock  repurchase,  or executing any transaction from which
the director obtained an improper personal benefit.

         Section 1031 of the OGCA empowers a corporation to indemnify any person
who was or is a party to or is threatened to be made a party to any  threatened,
pending or  completed  action,  suit or  proceeding,  whether  civil,  criminal,
administrative or investigative  (other than an action by or in the right of the
corporation),  by  reason  of the fact  that he is or was a  director,  officer,
employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the
corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or agent of another  corporation,
partnership,   joint  venture,  trust  or  other  enterprise,  against  expenses
(including  attorney's  fees),  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably  incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or
proceeding if he acted in good faith and in a manner he  reasonably  believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect
to any criminal  action or  proceeding,  had no reasonable  cause to believe his
conduct was unlawful. With respect to actions or suits by or in the right of the
corporation,  such indemnification is limited to expenses (including  attorneys'
fees)  actually and  reasonably  incurred by such person in connection  with the
defense or settlement of such action or suit. Further, no indemnification  shall
be made in respect of any claim,  issue or matter as to which such person  shall
have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent
that the court in which such action or suit was  brought  shall  determine  upon
application  that,  despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the
circumstances  of the case,  such  person is fairly and  reasonably  entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the court shall deem proper.  Additionally,  a

                                       23

<PAGE>

corporation is required to indemnify its directors and officers against expenses
to the extent that such directors or officers have been successful on the merits
or otherwise in defense of any action,  suit or proceeding  referred to above or
in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein.

         An  indemnification  can  be  made  by  the  corporation  only  upon  a
determination made in the manner prescribed by the statute that  indemnification
is proper in the circumstances because the party seeking indemnification has met
the applicable standard of conduct as set forth in the OGCA. The indemnification
provided by the OGCA shall not be deemed  exclusive of any other rights to which
those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw,  agreement,  vote
of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. A corporation also has
the power to purchase  and maintain  insurance on behalf of any person  covering
any  liability  incurred by such person in his capacity as a director,  officer,
employee  or agent of the  corporation,  or  arising  out of his status as such,
whether or not the  corporation  would have the power to  indemnify  him against
such liability. The indemnification provided by the OGCA shall, unless otherwise
provided when authorized or ratified,  continue as to a person who has ceased to
be a director,  officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the
heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

The Registrant's Charter and Bylaw Provisions

         Section 7.1 of the Registrant's  bylaws provides for indemnification to
the fullest extent permitted by Section 1031 of the OGCA.
















                                       24

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                    PART F/S


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         The Financial  Statements required by this Item are included at the end
of this report beginning on page F-1 as follows:

Consolidated Financial Statements of Fullnet Communications, Inc. (Fullnet)

<S>                                                                             <C>   <C>            <C>

Fullnet's Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997
     and Independent Auditor's Report.............................................................     F-1

     Independent Auditor's Report.................................................................     F-2

     Balance Sheets...............................................................................     F-3

     Income Statements............................................................................     F-5

     Statements of Stockholders' Equity...........................................................     F-6

     Statements of Cash Flows.....................................................................     F-7

     Notes to Financial Statements................................................................     F-9

Fullnet's Consolidated Financial Statements for the
     Six Months Ended June 30, 1999 (Unaudited)...................................................    F-20

     Consolidated Balance Sheet...................................................................    F-21

     Consolidated Income Statement................................................................    F-22

     Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows...............................................    F-23

     Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity...............................................    F-24

     Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements.........................................    F-25


</TABLE>






                                       25



<PAGE>



                                    PART III

Item 1.  Index to Exhibits.

         The following exhibits are filed herewith:

   Exhibit
   Number                   Name of Exhibit
   -------                  ---------------
     2.1        Certificate of Incorporation, as amended

     2.2        Bylaws

     3.1        Stock Option Agreement

     6.1        Interconnection Agreement

     6.2        Stock Purchase Agreement

     6.3        Stock Option Agreement (to be included in Exhibit 3.1)


Item 2.  Description of Exhibits

         Not applicable.













                                       26



<PAGE>

         Pursuant to the  requirements of Section 12 of the Securities  Exchange
Act of 1934, the Registrant  has duly caused this  registration  statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly authorized.


August 11, 1999                           FULLNET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


                                     By:   /S/ Timothy J. Kilkenny
                                           -----------------------
                                           Timothy J. Kilkenny
                                           President and Chief Executive Officer





















                                       27


<PAGE>







                          Fullnet Communications, Inc.
                                and Subsidiaries

                                  Consolidated
                              Financial Statements
                               For the Years Ended
                           December 31, 1998 and 1997

                                       and

                          Independent Auditors' Report












                                       F-1



<PAGE>


Russell D. Robinson, CPA                                      Warren Clinic Park
                                                4606 East 67th Street, Suite 400
Charles L. Tefertiller, CPA                           Tulsa, Oklahoma 74136-4980
                                                             Phone: 918-492-8800
Norman C. Cross, Jr., CPA 1926-1985                            Fax: 918-492-8808
                                                        www.crossandrobinson.com


                                Cross & Robinson
                             ----------------------

                            ACCOUNTANTS AND AUDITORS






                          Independent Auditor's Report


Board of Directors
Fullnet Communications, Inc.

         We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Fullnet
Communications,  Inc. and its wholly-owned  subsidiaries Animus  Communications,
Inc. and Fulltel, Inc. (Oklahoma  corporations) as of December 31, 1998 and 1997
and the related  consolidated  statements  of income,  changes in  shareholder's
equity  and cash flow for the years then  ended.  These  consolidated  financial
statements   are  the   responsibility   of  the   Company's   management.   Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial
statements based on our audit.

         We conducted our audits in accordance with generally  accepted auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statement are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amount and disclosures in the consolidated  financial statements.
An audit also includes assessing the accounting  principles used and significant
estimates  made by  management,  as well as  evaluating  the  overall  financial
statement  presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis
for our opinion.

         In our opinion,  the consolidated  financial  statements referred to
above  present  fairly,  in all material  respects,  the  financial  position of
Fullnet  Communications,  Inc. and its subsidiaries Animus Communications,  Inc.
and  Fulltel,  Inc.  as of December  31,  1998 and 1997,  and the results of its
operations  and their  cash flow for the years  then  ended in  conformity  with
generally accepted accounting principles.

                                         CROSS AND ROBINSON


                                         /S/ Cross and Robinson
                                         ---------------------------
                                         Certified Public Accountants
                                         Tulsa, Oklahoma

May 21, 1999


                                       F-2
                            -------------------------
                           A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION




<PAGE>


                 Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries


                          Consolidated Balance Sheets

                          December 31, 1998 and 1997




                                     ASSETS

Current Assets                                    1998           1997
                                                 --------       --------

     Cash                                        $    198       $      3
     Accounts receivable                          105,809         24,855
     Prepaid assets and other current assets          337         18,776
                                                 --------       --------

          Total Current Assets                    106,344         43,634
                                                 --------       --------

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net-Note 2         176,999        165,459


Goodwill-Note 12                                  302,667           --


Intangible Assets-Net of Accumulated
     Amortization of $7,429-Note 3                 64,726          67,669


Deferred Income Taxes-
     Less Current Poriton-Note 6                   17,500            --
                                                  --------       --------


          Total Assets                            $668,236       $276,762
                                                  ========       ========


Accompanying notes are an integral part of
    the financial statements.


                                      F-3



<PAGE>


                      LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY



                                                           1998           1997
                                                         --------      --------


Current Liabilities

  Bank notes payable-current portion-Notes 4 and 5       $   5,424    $  24,273
  Capital lease obligations-Note 10                          9,039         --
  Note payable-Animus purchase-Note 12                     122,405         --
  Cash overdraft                                             8,061        3,464
  Deferred revenue-Note 1                                   97,379       28,055
  Accounts payable-trade                                   129,578       31,058
  Accrued interest                                           3,366         --
  Accrued payroll expenses                                   5,430        2,454
  Due to related parties-Note 11                            43,891         (500)
                                                          --------     --------

     Total Current Liabilities                             424,573       88,804
                                                          --------     --------


BAnk Line of Credit-Note 4                                 616,107      351,567

Bank Notes Payable Less Current Portion-Note 5              81,819       79,899

Capital Lease Obligations Less Current Portion-Note 10       1,153         --


Shareholder's Equity
  Common stock, $1 par value: 50,000 shares authorized,
    500 shares issued and outstanding                          500          500
  Additional paid-in capital                                   --          --
  Retained earnings                                       (455,916)    (244,008)
                                                          --------     --------

     Total Shareholder's Equity (Deficit)                 (455,416)    (243,508)
                                                          --------     --------


     Total Liabilities and Shareholder's Equity          $ 668,236    $ 276,762
                                                         =========    =========




Accompanying notes are an integral part of
    the financial statements.


                                      F-4


<PAGE>


                 Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries


                         Consolidated Income Statements
                 For the Years Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997


                                                         1998          1997
                                                      ----------     ----------

Revenue from Sales                                    $1,001,787     $  511,903

Cost of goods Sold                                       790,155        460,322
                                                      ----------     ----------

     Gross Profit                                        211,632         51,581


Selling, General and Administrative Expenses             349,755        181,408
                                                      ----------     ----------

     Loss from Operations                               (138,123)      (129,827)


Other Income and Expenses
  Other income                                             4,387           --
  Interest expense                                        75,398         50,588
                                                      ----------     ----------

     Net Loss Before Income Taxes                     $ (209,134)    $ (180,415)

Provisions for Income Taxes-Note 6                          --             --
                                                      ----------     ----------

     Net Loss                                         $ (209,134)    $ (180,415)
                                                      ==========     ==========


Net Loss per Common Share-Note 7                      $     (418)    $     (361)
                                                      ==========     ==========






Accompanying notes are an integral part of
    the financial statements.


                                      F-5


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


                 Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries


                Consolidated Statements of Shareholder's Equity
                 For the Years Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997



                                                                    Retained
                                           Common Stock             Earnings
                                       Shares         Amount        (Deficit)        Total
                                      ----------    ----------     ----------      ----------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>            <C>             <C>

Balance, January 1, 1997                     500    $      500     $  (63,593)     $  (63,093)

Net loss from operations                    --           --          (180,415)       (180,415)
                                      ----------    ----------     ----------      ----------


Balance, December 31, 1997                   500           500       (244,008)       (243,508)

Distributions of previous
   Subchapter S earnings                                               (2,774)         (2,774)

Net loss from operations                    --           --          (209,134)       (209,134)
                                      ----------    ----------     ----------      ----------


Balance, December 31, 1998                                 500     $ (455,916)     $ (455,416)
                                      ==========    ==========     ==========      ==========


</TABLE>





Accompanying notes are an integral part of
    the financial statements.


                                      F-6


<PAGE>



                 Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                      Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                 For the Years Ended December 31, 1998 and 1997


                                                     1998          1997
                                                  ----------    ----------
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

     Cash received from customers                 $  942,236    $  487,049
     Other operating cash receipts                     4,387          --
     Cash paid to suppliers and employees           (882,696)     (548,088)
     Interest paid                                   (75,398)      (25,148)
     Taxes and other fees paid                       (19,579)      (11,522)
     Contributions to charity                           (250)         (100)
                                                  ----------    ----------

       Net cash Used by Operating Activities         (31,300)      (97,809)
                                                  ----------    ----------

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:


     Plant and equipment purchases                   (30,393)     (140,283)
     Acquisition of subsidiary                      (175,000)         --
     Net purchase of investments                        --         (70,000)
                                                  ----------    ----------

       Net Cash used by Investing Activities        (205,393)     (210,283)
                                                  ----------    ----------

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

     Proceeds from long-term debt                       --           2,827
     Proceeds from shareholder loans                  44,391          --
     Proceeds from line-of-credit                    308,329       369,423
     Repayment of note on purchase of subsidiary     (37,055)         --
     Repayment of long-term debt                     (16,929)      (46,299)
     Repayment of line-of-credit                     (43,789)      (17,856)
     Repayment of capital lease obligation           (18,059)         --
                                                  ----------    ----------

       Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities     236,888       308,095
                                                  ----------    ----------


Accompanying notes are an integral part of
    the financial statements.


                                      F-7


<PAGE>



       Net Cash Provided                                  195            3

     Cash at beginning of year                              3         --
                                                    ---------    ---------

       Cash at End of Year                          $     198    $       3
                                                    =========    =========


Reconciliation of Net Income to Net Cash
Cash Used by Operating Activities:
  Net income (loss)                                 $(209,134)   $(180,415)
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net
  cash used by operating activities:
     Depreciation and amortization                    105,594       45,844
     (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable       (56,778)     (24,854)
     (Increase) decrease in other current assets       18,439       40,173
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable           30,049       33,511
     Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue           69,323        6,820
     Increase (decrease) in loans from shareholder     (2,773)        --
     Increase (decrease) in cash overdrafts            13,980      (18,888)
                                                    ---------    ---------

     Total adjustments                                177,834       82,606
                                                    ---------    ---------

  Net Cash (Used) by Operating Activities           $ (31,300)   $ (97,809)
                                                    =========    =========

Supplemental Disclosures:
  Non-cash transactions affecting investing
  and financing activities:
     Debt issued as investment in subsidiary        $ 175,000    $    --
     Acquisition of subsidiary fixed assets         $  28,251    $    --
     Acquired lease obligations of subsidiary       $ (28,251)   $    --







Accompanying notes are an integral part of
    the financial statements.


                                      F-8


<PAGE>


                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997




Note 1 -  Summary of Organization and Significant Accounting Policies

          Organization and Description of Business

               Fullnet Communications, Inc. formerly CEN-COM of  Oklahoma,  Inc.
          ("Fullnet" or "the Company") was  incorporated  in Oklahoma on May 24,
          1995 as an internet communications  company.  Fullnet has 30 locations
          in Oklahoma and will begin providing local access statewide  beginning
          in  1999.   Along  with  internet   service,   Fullnet  also  provides
          commercially  dedicated ISDN to DS3 connectivity,  WAN and LAN network
          expertise,  web design and  hosting,  domain  name  registration,  and
          co-location facilities.

               On March 26, 1998 the Company purchased 100% of  the  outstanding
          common stock of Animus Communications, Inc.  ("Animus"),  an  Oklahoma
          corporation engaged in the business of providing Web Hosting Services,
          selling computer equipment and providing configuration and maintenance
          of the equipment.

               During  1998,   a   wholly-owned   subsidiary   of  Fullnet   was
          incorporated.  This  new  company  is  Fulltel, Inc.  ("Fulltel"),  an
          Oklahoma corporation involved in providing local dial up for  Internet
          access.  This incorporation  was  accounted  for  using  the  purchase
          method of accounting.  Fulltel had not begun its principal  operations
          in 1998 and,  therefore had no operating revenues or expenses  for the
          year ended December 31, 1998.

               Fulltel   had  no  recorded  assets  at  December  31,  1998  and
          shareholders'  equity  consisted of 200 shares of no-par-value  common
          stock, with no related paid-in capital at that date. Consequently, the
          Company did not recognize any income from this investment for the year
          ended December 31, 1998.

          Basis of Accounting

               The consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in
          accordance  with  generally  accepted   accounting   principles.   The
          statements  have been prepared on the accrual basis of accounting  and
          include the assets,  liabilities  and results of operations of Fullnet
          Communications,  Inc.  and its wholly  owned  subsidiary  corporation,
          Animus  Communications,  Inc.  from the date of its  acquisition.  All
          significant   intercompany   transactions   and  accounts   have  been
          eliminated in the consolidated financial statements.


                                      F-9

<PAGE>

                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997



Note 1 -  Summary of Organization and Significant Accounting Policies
          (continued)

          Cash and Cash Equivalents

               The Company considers highly liquid investments (that are readily
          convertible to cash)  purchased with original  maturity dates of three
          months or less to be cash equivalents.

          Revenue Recognition

               Revenue is recognized on a monthly basis  over  the  life of each
          contract.  Contract  periods  range from  monthly to yearly.  Deferred
          revenues are calculated for those  contracts that continue  subsequent
          to the current year-end.

          Property, Plant and Equipment

               Property, plant  and  equipment  is  stated at cost. Depreciation
          expense for the years ended  December  31, 1998 and 1997,  was $84,566
          and   $43,513,   respectively.   Depreciation   is   computed  on  the
          straight-line  method over the  estimated  useful lives of the related
          assets as follows:

                           Computers and equipment            5 years
                           Furniture and fixtures             7 years

          Income Taxes

               The Company,  with  the consent of its shareholders,  has elected
          under the  Internal  Revenue Code to be an S  corporation.  In lieu of
          corporation  income taxes,  the  shareholders  of an S corporation are
          taxed on their  proportionate  share of the Company's  taxable income.
          Therefore, no provision or liability for federal income taxes has been
          included in the financial statements for the parent company.

               Animus, a C Corporation,  the wholly-owned  subsidiary of Fullnet
          uses the liability  method of accounting for income taxes as set forth
          in Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No. 109,  "Accounting
          for Income  Taxes." Under the  liability  method,  deferred  taxes are
          determined  based on the differences  between the financial  statement
          and tax basis of assets and liabilities at enacted tax rates in effect
          in the years in which the differences are expected to reverse.


                                      F-10


<PAGE>

                 Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997


Note 1 -  Summary of Organization and Significant Accounting Policies
          (continued)

          Accounting Estimates

               The preparation of these consolidated  financial   statements  in
          conformity  with generally  accepted  accounting  principles  requires
          management to make estimates and  assumptions  that affect the amounts
          reported in these consolidated  financial  statements and accompanying
          notes. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Note 2 -  Property, Plant and Equipment

               Property,  plant  and  equipment  consists  of  the  following at
          December 31, 1998 and 1997:


                                                      1998            1997
                                                   ----------      ----------



              Computers and equipment                $350,747      $  221,644
              Furniture and Fixtures                    5,785           4,920



              Less accumulated depreciation          (179,533)        (61,105)
                                                   ----------      ----------


                                                   $  176,999      $  165,459
                                                   ==========      ==========

Note 3 -  Intangible Assets and Acquisitions

               On April 22, 1997, the Company purchased the equipment,  accounts
          receivable,  billed  and  unbilled,  the  internet  customers  and the
          customer  lists of  Fullnet  of  Tulsa,  an  Oklahoma  corporation  in
          exchange for cash of $100,000.  This  acquisition  was  accounted  for
          under the purchase method of accounting and the excess of the purchase
          price over net assets acquired was recorded as an intangible  asset in
          the amount of  $70,000.  This asset is being  amortized  over 15 years
          using the  straight-line  method.  In connection with the acquisition,
          Fullnet  of  Tulsa,  Inc.  entered  into  a  covenant   not-to-compete
          agreement  with Fullnet.  Pursuant to the  agreement,  until April 22,
          2000, the former owner will not engage in certain specific  activities
          related to Fullnet Communications, Inc. or its business.

               Included in the purchase of Animus were  the  start  up  costs of
          $2,155  associated  with  its  incorporation.   This  asset  is  being
          amortized over 60 months using the straight-line method.


                                  F-11

<PAGE>


                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997


 Note 3 - Intangible Assets and Acquisitions (continued)


                                                           1998          1997
                                                         ---------     ---------

              Excess of purchase price over net
              assets acquired, net of accumulated
              amortization of $6,998 and $2,331 at
              December 31, 1998 and 1997,
              respectively.                              $  63,002     $  67,669


              Start up costs associated with the
              incorporation of Animus, net of
              accumulated amortization of $431.              1,724             -
                                                         ---------     ---------


                                                           $64,726       $67,669
                                                         =========     =========

Note 4 -  Bank Notes Payable

               The Company's note  payable-bank  represents a $687,000  line  of
          credit of which  $616,107 and $351,567 had been  disbursed at December
          31, 1998 and 1997,  respectively.  This note matures on September  15,
          2002 and is  personally  guaranteed  by the  president of the Company.
          Interest is payable  monthly at 9.5%.  The note is  collateralized  by
          furniture and fixtures, accounts receivable and stock. At December 31,
          1998,  all of the  Company's  long-term  debt is financed  through one
          institution.

Note 5 -  Other Long-Term Debt

               Other long-term debt consists  of the  following  at December 31,
          1998 and 1997:


                                                             1998        1997
                                                           ---------   ---------

              Note payable to bank collateralized by
              furniture, fixtures, accounts receivable,
              and stock with monthly payments of $444,
              including interest at 11.5% and matures,
              Septemeber 9, 2002.                          $  31,048   $  36,929

              Note payable to bank collateralized by
              furniture, fixtures, accounts receivable
              and stock, with monthly payments of
              $788, including interest at 11% and
              matures April 1, 1998.                               -       1,896





                                      F-12

<PAGE>

                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997



Note 5 -  Other Long-Term Debt (continued)


                                                             1998       1997
                                                           ---------  ---------

              Note payable to bank collateralized by
              furniture, fixtures, accounts receivable,
              and stock with montly payments of $798,
              including interest at 11% and matures
              September 15, 2002.                             56,195     65,347
                                                           ---------  ---------

                                                              87,243    104,172
              Less current portion                            (5,424)   (24,273)
                                                           ---------  ---------


                                                           $  81,819  $  79,899
                                                           =========  =========

              Aggregate  maturities of the notes payable-bank and
          other long-term debt are as follows:


                        Year                                Amount
                     ----------                           ----------
                     1999                                 $    5,424
                     2000                                      6,062
                     2001                                      6,775
                     2002                                      7,572
                     2003                                      8,463
                     Thereafter                             $669,054


Note 6 -  Income Taxes
              The  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  as
          follows at December 31, 1998:

                     Net operating loss carryforward        $ 38,000
                     Valuation allowance                     (20,500)
                                                          ----------

                     Net Deferred Tax Asset                  $17,500
                                                          ==========





                                      F-13

<PAGE>

                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997


Note 6 -  Income Taxes (continued)

               For financial reporting purposes, deferred tax assets are reduced
          by a valuation  allowance  when, in the opinion of  management,  it is
          more  likely  than not that some  portion or all of the  deferred  tax
          assets will not be realized. A valuation allowance of $20,500 has been
          established  for the year ended  December 31,  1998.  Due to Fullnet's
          S-Corporation  status (see Note 1), and the purchase of Animus  during
          1998 (see Note 12), there are no tax assets or liabilities  recognized
          for the year ended December 31, 1997.

              Realization of approximately  $17,500 of the  total  deferred  tax
          assets representing tax loss and credit  carryforwards is dependent on
          the  Company's  ability to  generate  approximately  $44,000 of future
          taxable  income.  Management  believes that it is more likely than not
          that forecasted taxable income, including income that may be generated
          as a result of certain tax planning strategies,  will be sufficient to
          utilize the tax  carryforwards  prior to their  expiration  in 2011 to
          partially recover the asset.  However,  there can be no assurance that
          the Company will meet its  expectations of future income.  The Company
          will continue to evaluate the realizability of the deferred tax assets
          quarterly  by  assessing  the  need  for  and  amount  of a  valuation
          allowance.

               As of December 31,  1998, the Company had a  net  operating  loss
          carryforward  of  approximately  $ 95,000  for  income  tax  purposes,
          expiring in years beginning in 2011. Deferred taxes reflect a combined
          federal and state tax rate of approximately 40%.

               A reconciliation between the amount of federal and  state  income
          taxes,  based on a forty  percent  (40%) tax rate,  and the  effective
          amount of income taxes based on continuing operations is as follows:





                  Statutory federal income taxes (refund)           $  (76,417)
                  Exclusion of Subchapter S (earnings) loss             55,917
                  Valuation allowance                                   20,500
                                                                    ----------

                  Effective Income Taxes                            $       --
                                                                    ==========


Note 7 -  Earnings Per Share of Common Stock

               Statement of Financial Accounting  Standards  No. 128,  "Earnings
          Per  Share,"  became  effective  in the  fourth  quarter  of 1997  and
          requires  two  presentations  of  earnings  per  share  -  "basic  and
          diluted".




                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997


Note 7 -  Earnings Per Share of Common Stock (continued)

               Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available
          to common stockholders (the numerator) by the weighted-average  number
          of common share (the  denominator) for the period.  The computation of
          diluted  earnings  per share is similar to basic  earnings  per share,
          except  that the  denominator  is  increased  to include the number of
          additional  common  shares  that  would have been  outstanding  if the
          potentially  dilutive  common  shares had been  issued.  For the years
          ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, Fullnet Communciations, Inc. did not
          have any dilutive common shares.

               Basic loss per share for the  year  ended  December 31, 1998  and
          1997 was computed as follows:


                                                          1998          1997
                                                        ---------     ---------




          Net loss from continuing operations
               attributable to common shares            $(209,134)    $(180,415)

          Weighted average common shares outstanding          500           500
          Basic Loss Per Share From Continuing
               Operations                               $    (418)    $    (361)
                                                        ==========    ==========

Note 8 -  Year 2000 Compliance (unaudited)

               As  the  Year  2000  approaches,  Fullnet  Communications,   Inc.
          recognizes  the need to ensure its  operations  will not be  adversely
          impacted by Year 2000  software  failures.  The Company is  addressing
          this issue to ensure the  availability  and integrity of its financial
          systems and the  reliability of its operational  systems.  Fullnet has
          established  processes for evaluating and managing the risks and costs
          associated  with this  problem.  The Company has and will  continue to
          make certain  investments in its software  systems and applications to
          ensure that it is Year 2000 compliant. The financial impact to Fullnet
          of Year 2000  remediation  costs is  anticipated to be in the range of
          $300 to $500 in  1999.  In  addition,  Fullnet  is  working  with  its
          suppliers  and  customers  to ensure their  compliance  with Year 2000
          issues  in order to avoid any  interruptions  in its  business.  While
          Fullnet does not at this time  anticipate  significant  problems  with
          suppliers and customers, it is developing contingency plans with these
          third parties due to the possibility of compliance issues.





                                      F-15
<PAGE>

                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997


Note 9 -  Subsequent Events

               Subsequent  to  December 31,  1998,  Fullnet Communications, Inc.
          issued a subscription agreement under Regulation D, Rule 504 under the
          Securities and Exchanges Act of 1933.  This agreement  allows the sale
          of up to 1,000,000  shares of the Company's  common stock at $1.00 per
          share.  Additionally,  on April 6,  1999  Fullnet  paid the  remaining
          balance on the note  originally  signed with Animus  relating to their
          stock purchase in 1998 (see Note 1).

               On February 15, 1999, the Company's Board  of Directors  approved
          an amendment to the Company's certificate of incorporation to increase
          authorized  common shares from 50 thousand to 10 million shares and to
          effect a  2760-for-1  stock split with a reduction  in par values from
          $1.00 to $0.00001.  In addition,  Timothy Kilkenny,  sole shareholder,
          was granted a three year option to purchase 120,000  additional shares
          at a price of $1.15 per share  beginning  18 months  after the initial
          closing of the stock subscription mentioned in the previous paragraph.
          The Company also entered into a financial  consulting  agreement  with
          third parties pursuant to which it will issue up to 220,000 shares and
          three year  options to  purchase  an  aggregate  of 90,000  additional
          shares  at a price of $1.25 per share  beginning  18 months  after the
          initial closing of the stock subscription.

Note 10 - Capital Leases

               Due  to  the  purchase  of  Animus   by   Fullnet   during   1998
          (see Note 12), certain capital lease  obligations were acquired by the
          Company.  Additionally,  Fullnet held no capital lease  obligations at
          December 31, 1997.  Property held under capital leases,  included with
          property owned on the balance sheet at December 31, 1998,  consists of
          the following:


                  Machinery and Equipment
                     Computers                                    $  28,251
                     Less: accumulated depreciation                 (10,145)
                                                                  ----------

                  Property and equipment under
                     capital leases, net                          $  18,106
                                                                  ==========






                                      F-16
<PAGE>

                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997


Note 10 - Capital Leases (continued)


          Capital  lease  obligation  at  December  31,  1998  consist  of   the
          following:


          Non-cancelable equipment lease expiring
          September 25, 1999, payable in monthly
          installments aggregating $6,314 including
          imputed interest at 10%, secured by
          certain equipment.                                          $   6,059

          Non-cancelable equipment lease expiring
          April 24, 2000, payable in monthly
          installments aggregating $4,836 including
          imputed interest at 22.92%, secured by
          certain equipment.                                              4,133

          Less: current portion of capital lease
          obligations                                                    (9,039)

          Long-term capital lease obligations, net                    $   1,153
                                                                      =========


          The  following  is a  schedule of future  lease payments under capital
          leases for the years ended December 31:

                             1999                                     $   9,941
                             2000                                         1,209


          Total minimum lease payments                                   11,150
          Less: Imputed interest                                           (958)

          Present value of minimum lease payments                      $ 10,192


               The Company  and  its  subsidiary  rent office and computer space
          through six different operating leases that are renewed yearly. Rental
          expense  associated with these operating leases is charged to expenses
          in the year  incurred  and was  included  in the  Consolidated  Income
          Statement.  Rental  expense for the year ended  December  31, 1998 and
          1997 was $28,010 and $10,493, respectively.



                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997


Note 11 - Related Party Transactions

               The Company has  an  outstanding  obligation  in  the  amount  of
          $43,891 at December 31, 1998 to the  shareholder  for advances made by
          the   shareholder  in  connection   with  the  acquisition  of  Animus
          Communications,   Inc.  (see  Note  1).  At  December  31,  1997,  the
          shareholder had an outstanding  obligation to Fullnet in the amount of
          $500.

Note 12 - Purchase of Animus

               As  a  result  of  the  purchase   of  Animus  by  Fullnet,   the
          shareholders  of  Animus  would  receive  cash  and  a  note  totaling
          $350,000. An initial cash payment of $175,000 was paid at closing with
          the  balance  due over the  period  of one year  without  an  interest
          charge.  The financial  statements reflect an imputed interest rate of
          11% on the note balance resulting in a total discounted purchase price
          of $334,460.

               On September 31, 1998, Fullnet made a payment  of  $45,825 on the
          non-interest-bearing  note with the balance of $129,175  paid on April
          1, 1999.  Since the note payable has been  discounted,  the  principal
          balance at December 3, 1998 is reflected in the  financial  statements
          as $122,405.

               The consolidated financial  statements  reflect goodwill which is
          the excess of the purchase price ($334,460) over the net assets of the
          company purchased  ($15,863) as well as the amount of amortization for
          the  year  ended  December  31,  1998  ($15,930).  Goodwill  is  being
          amortized using the straight-line method over 15 years.

               The  consolidated  pro  forma  results of operations which follow
          assume  that the  acquisition  had  occurred at the  beginning  of the
          period   presented.   The   calculations   include   adjustments   for
          depreciation, amortization, and interest. The pro forma statements may
          not be  indicative  of the  results  that would have  occurred  if the
          acquisition had been effective on the date indicated or of the results
          that may be obtained in the future.






                                      F-18

<PAGE>

                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries

                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

                           December 31, 1998 and 1997


Note 12 - Purchase of Animus (continued)


                                                                      1998
                                                                  -----------
              Contract Revenue                                    $ 1,079,480
              Cost of Goods Sold                                     (800,765)
                                                                  -----------
                   Gross Profit                                       278,715
              Selling, General and Administrative                    (417,261)
              Other Income and Expenses
                   Other income                                         4,437
                   Interest expense                                   (63,261)
                                                                  -----------
              Net Loss                                            $  (197,370)
                                                                  ===========

              Net Loss Per Common Share - Note 7                  $      (395)
                                                                  ===========


Note 13 - Advertising

               The  Company  expenses  advertising  production costs as they are
          incurred  and  advertising  communication  costs  the  first  time the
          advertising  takes  place.  Advertising  expenses  for the year  ended
          December 31, 1998 and 1997 were $42,088 and $16,765, respectively.

Note 14 - Concentrations of Credit Risk

               The Company operates and grants credit to customers in  Oklahoma.
          Accounts  receivable derived from retail sales are not collateralized.
          Concentrations  of credit risk with respect to trade  receivables  are
          limited due to the large number of customers  comprising the Company's
          customer base and their dispersion across different industries.  As of
          December   31,  1998  and  1997,   the  Company  had  no   significant
          concentrations of credit risk.








                                      F-19

<PAGE>











                   Fullnet's Consolidated Financial Statements
                     for the Six Months Ended June 30, 1999
                                   (Unaudited)



















                                      F-20



<PAGE>



                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                           Consolidated Balance Sheet
                                   (Unaudited)
                                  June 30, 1999

                                     ASSETS


Current Assets
   Cash                                                             $   246,200
   Accounts receivable                                                  117,529
                                                                    -----------
      Total Current Assets                                              363,729

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net of Accumulated
      Depreciation of $216,548                                          146,345

Goodwill - Net of Accumulated Amortization                              292,047

Intangible Assets - Net of Accumulated
      Amortization of $9,978                                            178,349

Loans to shareholders                                                     9,937
                                                                    -----------
      Total Assets                                                  $   990,407


LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY


Current Liabilities

   Bank notes and line of credit payable - current portion          $    56,711
   Capital lease obligations, all current                                 4,798
   Deferred revenue                                                     114,196
   Accounts payable - trade                                              53,368
   Payroll liabilities                                                    7,043
                                                                    -----------
      Total current liabilities                                         236,116

Bank Line of Credit and Loans payable                                   542,928

Bank Notes Payable Less Current Portion                                  78,872

Shareholders' Equity
   Common stock, $.00001 par value:
    10,000,000 shares authorized,
    2,099,928 issued and outstanding                                         21
   Additional paid-in capital                                           664,566
   Retained earnings (deficit)                                         (532,096)
                                                                    -----------

    Total Shareholders' Equity                                          132,491
                                                                    -----------

    Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity                      $   990,407
                                                                    ===========


Accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                      F-21

<PAGE>

                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                          Consolidated Income Statement
                                   (Unaudited)
                     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 1999




Revenue from Sales                                          $    560,744

Cost of Goods Sold                                               453,412
                                                            ------------
      Gross Profit                                               107,332

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses                     119,270
                                                            ------------
      Loss from Operations                                       (11,938)

Other Income and Expenses
   Interest expense                                              (46,742)
                                                            ------------
      Net Loss Before Income Taxes                               (58,680)

Provisions for Income Taxes                                      (17,500)
                                                            ------------
      Net Loss                                              $    (76,180)
                                                            ============
Net Loss per Common share                                   $      .0363
                                                            ============


























Accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                      F-22

<PAGE>



                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                 Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows
                                   (Unaudited)
                     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 1999




Increase (decrease) in Cash:
   Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
      Cash received from customers                                    $ 565,841
      Cash paid to suppliers and employees                             (596,758)
      Interest paid                                                     (50,108)
                                                                      ---------
        Net Cash Provided by (used in) Operating Activities             (81,025)
                                                                      ---------

   Net Cash Provided by (used in) Investing Activities:
      Computer equipment purchased                                       -6,361
      Startup costs Fulltel                                            (116,172)
                                                                      ---------
        Net Cash Provided by (used in) Operating Activities            (122,533)
                                                                      ---------

   Net Cash Provided by (used in) Financing Activities:
      Retirement of long-term debt                                     (152,638)
      Contributions to capital from transactions in common stock        664,087
      Repayment of loan from shareholder                                (53,828)
                                                                      ---------
        Net Cash Provided by (used in) Financing Activities             457,621
                                                                      ---------

      Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash                                 $ 254,063

   Cash at the Beginning of the Period (net overdraft)                   (7,863)
                                                                      ---------

   Cash at the End of the Period                                      $ 246,200
                                                                      =========

Reconciliation of Net Income to Net Cash
Cash Provided by Operating Activities:
   Net income (loss)                                                  $ (76,180)
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
      Depreciation and amortization                                      50,184
      (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable                        (11,720)
      (Increase) decrease in prepaid expenses                               337
      (Increase) decrease in deferred taxes                              17,500
      Increase (decrease) in deferred revenue                            16,817
      Increase (decrease) in accounts payable                           (76,210)
      Increase (decrease) in accrued interest                            (3,366)
      Increase (decrease) in accrued payroll                              1,613
                                                                      ---------
        Net Cash (Used) by Operating Activities                       $ (81,025)
                                                                      =========






Accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                 F-23

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                 Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity
                                   (Unaudited)
                     For the Six Months Ended June 30, 1999




                                                                               Additional        Retained
                                                    Common Stock                Paid-In          Earnings
                                                 Shares      Par Value          Capital          (Deficit)    Total
                                               ---------    -----------       -----------     ------------   -----------
<S>                                           <C>           <C>               <C>            <C>            <C>


Balance, January 1, 1999                             500    $       500       $      -        $  (455,916)   $  (455,416)

Stock split 2,760 for 1, par value reduced     1,380,000           (486)           486                  -              -
   From $1 per share to $.00001 per share
Common stock issued, 719,928 shares at
   $1, net of offering expenses of $56,341       719,928              7         664,080                 -        664,087
Net loss from operations                                                                          (76,180)       (76,180)
                                               ----------   -------------     -----------      ------------   ------------
Balance, June 30, 1999                         2,099,928    $        21       $ 664,566          (532,096)    $  132,491
                                               =========    =============     ===========      ============   ============


</TABLE>













Accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.


                                      F-24


<PAGE>



                  Fullnet Communications, Inc. and Subsidiaries
                   Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
                                   (Unaudited)
                                  June 30, 1999



NOTE 1  BASIS OF PRESENTATION

The accompanying  unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared
in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting   principles  for  interim
financial information.  Accordingly,  they do not include all of the information
and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting  principles for complete
financial statements. In the opinion of management,  all adjustments (consisting
of normal recurring accruals)  considered necessary for a fair presentation have
been included.  Operating  results for the six month period ended June 30, 1999,
are not necessarily  indicative of the results that may be expected for the year
ended  December 31, 1999.  For further  information,  refer to the  consolidated
annual  financial  statements and footnotes  thereto for the year ended December
31, 1998.


NOTE 2  REGULATION D, RULE 504 OFFERING

In April 1999, the Company raised an aggregate of $648,500 in an offering of its
common stock.


NOTE 3  OPTIONS ON COMMON STOCK

An option has been granted to Timothy J. Kilkenny to purchase  120,000 shares of
the common stock of the Company at a price of $1.15 per share, beginning October
2000.   Mr. Kilkenny is an officer, director and controlling shareholder  of the
Company.

A stock  bonus was  granted to Roger S.  Laubhan in June 1999 equal to 3% of the
fully diluted  shares of common stock deemed to be  outstanding  at such date. A
stock  bonus was granted to Jason C. Ayers in June 1999 equal to 1% of the fully
diluted shares of common stock  outstanding  at such date.  Such shares have not
yet been issued, pending resolution of certain contingent compensation,  payable
in the form of common stock and stock options,  which were to be paid to a third
party in connection with a financial advisory services agreement.  Msrs. Laubhan
and Ayers are officers of the Company.









                                      F25







                                   EXHIBIT 2.1

                            CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION
                                     TO THE
                      AMENDED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                          FULLNET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                           FILED ON FEBRUARY 16, 1999

         The undersigned corporation,  an Oklahoma corporation,  for the purpose
of correcting  its Amended  Certificate of  Incorporation  filed on February 16,
1999,  pursuant to Section 1007 of the Oklahoma General  Corporation Act, hereby
certifies:

1. The  Amended  Certificate  of  Incorporation  filed  on  February  16,  1999,
incorrectly  provided that the  corporation  is authorized to issue one class of
shares of capital stock, to be designated as "common stock", the total number of
shares which the corporation  shall have authority to issue and the par value of
each share of common stock, are as follows:

         Total Number            Par Value                Total Authorized
         of Shares               of Each Share            Common Stock

         10,000,000                  $1.00                  $10,000,000


2. The Amended Certificate of Incorporation filed on February 16, 1999, shall be
corrected as set forth below.

         The  corporation  is authorized to issue one class of shares of capital
stock, to be designated as "common stock",  the total number of shares which the
corporation  shall  have  authority  to issue and the par value of each share of
common stock, are as follows:

         Total Number              Par Value              Total Authorized
         of Shares               of Each Share              Common Stock

         10,000,000               $0.00001                    $100

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Corporation has caused this  Certificate of
Correction to be signed by its President this 17th day of March, 1999.


                                        FULLNET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                        An Oklahoma corporation


                                        By:/S/ Timothy J. Kilkenny
                                               ------------------------------
                                               Timothy J. Kilkenny, President


<PAGE>


                                     AMENDED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                          FULLNET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


         The undersigned  corporation,  an Oklahoma corporation,  for purpose of
amending  its  Certificate  of  Incorporation  pursuant  to Section  1077 of the
Oklahoma General Corporation Act! hereby certifies:

         1.        Name.

                    A.   No change,  as filed May 24, 1995, and amended December
                         1 1995.

                    B.   As amended: N/A

         2.        Registered Office.

                    A.   No change, as filed May 24,1995.

                    B.   As amended: N/A

         3.        Term.

                    A.   No change, as filed May 24,1995.

                    B.   As amended:   N/A

         4.        Purpose.

                    A.   No change, as filed May 24,1995.

                    B.   As amended: N/A

         5.        Capital Stock:

                    A.   The  corporation  is  authorized  to issue one class of
                         shares of capital  stock,  designed as "common  stock",
                         the total  number of  authorized  shares to be  50,000,
                         each with a par value of $1.00 per share.

                    B.   As amended:  The corporation is authorized to issue one
                         class of shares of capital  stock,  to be designated as
                         "common  stock",  the total  number of shares which the
                         corporation  shall have  authority to issue and the par
                         value of each share of common stock, are as follows:

<PAGE>


      Total Number                    Par Value              Total Authorized
       of Shares                    of Each Share             Common Stock

       10 ,000,000                      $1.00                 $10, 000,000

         6. This Amendment to Certificate of  Incorporation  was duly adopted in
accordance  with Section 1077 of the Oklahoma  General  Corporation  Act.  After
being  proposed by the directors and adopted by the  shareholders  in the manner
and by the  vote  prescribed  in  said  Section  1077  of the  Oklahoma  General
Corporation Act.


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed by its President and attested by its Secretary this 11th day of February,
1999.


                                             FULLNET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                             An Oklahoma corporation

ATTEST:



/S/ Laura L. Kilkenny                       By: /S/ Timothy J. Kilkenny
- ----------------------------                    --------------------------------
Laura L. KiIkenny, Secretary                    Timothy J. Kilkenny, President








<PAGE>


                                     AMENDED
                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
                                       OF
                            CEN-COM OF OKLAHOMA, INC.

TO THE SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF OKLAHOMA:

         The  undersigned   corporation   (this   "Corporation"),   an  Oklahoma
corporation,  for the  purpose of  amending  its  Certificate  of  Incorporation
pursuant to Section 1 077 of the Oklahoma  General  Corporation Act (the "Act"),
hereby certifies:

         1.       Name.

                    A.   The name of this  Corporation  is "CEN-COM of Oklahoma,
                         Inc."

                    B.   As  amended:  The  name of this  Corporation  has  been
                         changed to: "Fullnet. Communications, Inc."

         2.       Registered Office.

                    A.   No change, as filed May 24, 1995.

                    B.   As amended: N/A

         3.       Term.

                    A.   No change, as filed May 24, 1995.

                    B.   As amended: N/A.

         4.       Purpose.

                    A.   No change, as filed May 24, 1995.

                    B.   As amended: N/A

         5.       Capital Stock.

                    A.   No change, as filed May 24, 1995.

                    B.   As amended: N/A

         6. This Amendment to Certificate of  Incorporation  was duly adopted in
accordance  with Act Section  1077,  after being  proposed by the  directors and
adopted by the  shareholders  in the manner  and by the vote  prescribed  in Act
Section 1077.



<PAGE>


         IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  this Corporation has caused this Certificate to be
signed  by its  President  and  attested  by its  Secretary,  this  30th  day of
November, 1995.


                                           CEN-COM OF OKLAHOMA, INC.,
                                           an Oklahoma corporation

ATTEST:


/S/ Laura L. Kilkenny                 By:  /S/ Timothy J. Kilkenny
- ----------------------------               ------------------------------
Laura L. KiIkenny, Secretary               Timothy J. Kilkenny, President


















<PAGE>


                          CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                            CEN-COM OF OKLAHOMA, INC.


         For the purpose of forming a for-profit stock  corporation under and by
virtue  of the  Oklahoma  General  Corporation  Act (the  "Act")  the  following
Certificate of Incorporation is hereby adopted.

         FIRST:   Name. The name of the corporation is CEN-COM of Oklahoma, Inc.
(hereinafter the "Corporation").

         SECOND:  Purpose.  The  purpose or purposes  for which the  corporation
is organized  is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which  corporations
may be now or hereafter organized under the Act,

         THIRD:  Capital Stock. This Corporation is authorized to issue only one
(1) class of shares of capital stock, to be designated "Common Stock." The total
number of shares of Common Stock which this Corporation  shall have authority to
issue and the par value of each share of Common Stock are as follows:

          Total Number            Par Value of              Total Authorized
           of Shares               Each Share               Common Stock
             50,000                 $1.00                    $50,000.00

         FOURTH:  Initial  Directors.  The initial  Board shall  consist of  one
director  and the name and  address of the person  who shall  serve as  director
until the first annual  meeting of  stockholders  or until his  successor can be
elected and qualified are:

                   Name                                  Mailing Address

          Timothy J. Kilkenny                            837 SE. Crestland
                                                         Bartlesville, OK 74006

         FIFTH: Registered Office. The name and street address of the registered
agent of this Corporation in the State of Oklahoma and the street address of the
registered  office of this  Corporation  in the State of Oklahoma,  which is the
same as the street address of its registered agent, are:

                   Name                                  Mailing Address

          Timothy J. Kilkenny                            837 S.E. Crestland
                                                         Bartlesville, OK 74006




<PAGE>

         SIXTH:   Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the incorporator
are as follows:

                   Name                                  Mailing Address

          Elaine Arnold                            Lakehoma Professional Center
                                                   106 N. Lakehoma Pkwy.
                                                   Mustang, OK 73064

         SEVENTH: Term. The term of this Corporation shall be perpetual.

         EIGHTH:  Bylaws.  The  Bylaws  for the  governing  of this  Corporation
may be  adopted,  amended,  altered,  repealed  or  readopted  by the  Board  of
Directors at any stated or special meeting of such board, but the powers of such
directors  in this  regard  shall at all times be  subject  to the rights of the
shareholders   to  alter  or  repeal  such  Bylaws  at  any  annual  meeting  of
shareholders.

         NINTH:   Amendment.  This  Corporation  reserves  the right at any time
and from time to time to amend,  alter, change or repeal any provision contained
in this Certificate of  Incorporation,  and other  provisions  authorized by the
laws of the  State of  Oklahoma  at the time  may be added or  inserted  in this
Certificate of Incorporation,  in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law;
and all rights,  preferences and privileges of whatsoever  nature conferred upon
shareholders, directors or any other persons by and pursuant to this Certificate
of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject
to the right reserved in this Section NINTH.

                  IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the undersigned,  the incorporator of the
above-named  corporation,  has hereunto signed this Certificate of incorporation
on this 24th day of May, 1995.



                                                  /S/ Elaine Arnold
                                                      -------------
                                                      Elaine Arnold




                                   EXHIBIT 2.2

                                     BYLAWS
                                       OF
                            CEN-COM OF OKLAHOMA, INC.
                            (An Oklahoma Corporation)


                                    ARTICLE I

                                     Offices

         SECTION 1.1.  Principal  Office.  The present location of the principal
office for the  transaction  of the business of CEN-COM of Oklahoma,  Inc.  (the
"Corporation") is 837 SE. Crestland, Bartlesville,  Oklahoma 74006. The Board of
Directors may change such principal office from time to time.

         SECTION 1.2. Other Offices.  The  Corporation may have other offices at
such places,  within or without the State of Oklahoma, as the Board of Directors
may  designate  or as the business of the  Corporation  may require from time to
time.


                                   ARTICLE II

                            Meetings of Shareholders

         SECTION 2.1. Annual Meetings. The annual meetings of shareholders shall
be held on the third  Tuesday of the  fourth  month  following  the close of the
fiscal year;  provided that if such day falls on a legal holiday,  then any such
annual meeting of  shareholders  shall be held at the same time and place on the
next day thereafter which is a business day. Any such annual meeting may be held
at any other time which may be designated  in a resolution  adopted by the Board
of Directors or by the written consent of shareholders holding a majority of the
issued and outstanding voting shares of the Corporation.  At the annual meeting,
directors shall be elected,  reports of the affairs of the Corporation  shall be
considered, and any other proper business may be transacted.

         SECTION 2.2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders for
any  purpose  or  purposes,  unless  otherwise  prescribed  by  law  or  by  the
Certificate of Incorporation,  may be called at any time by the President.  Such
special meetings of the shareholders shall be called by the President, or by the
Secretary, at the request in writing of the Board of Directors or at the request
in writing of  shareholders  owning a majority  in amount of the entire  capital
stock of the  corporation  issued and  outstanding  and  entitled to vote.  Such
requests shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting.  Notice of
such special  meetings shall be given in the same manner as for annual  meetings
of shareholders.  Notices of any special meeting shall state, in addition to the
time,  date and place of such  meeting,  the purpose or purposes of the meeting.
Business  transacted at any special meeting of shareholders  shall be limited to

                                       1

<PAGE>

the purposes  stated in the notice.  Notice of a special  meeting shall be given
not less than ten (1 0) days nor more than sixty (60) days after the  receipt of
a request for a special meeting.

         SECTION 2.3. Place of Meetings.  All meetings of shareholders  shall be
held either at the  principal  office of the  Corporation  or at any other place
within or without the State of Oklahoma as may be designated either by the Board
of Directors or by the written consent of the  shareholders  entitled to vote at
such meeting  holding at least a majority of such shares given either  before or
after the meeting and filed with the Secretary of the Corporation.

         SECTION 2.4.  Notice of Meetings.  Written notice of the time, date and
place  of each  annual  meeting  of the  shareholders  shall  be  given  to each
shareholder  as  described  in Section  8.4 not less than ten (10) nor more than
sixty (60) days before each annual meeting.

         SECTION  2.5.  Voting  List.  The  officer  who has charge of the stock
ledger of the  corporation  shall  prepare and make, at least  forty-eight  (48)
hours prior to each meeting of the  shareholders,  an  alphabetical  list of all
shareholders  entitled  to vote at such  meeting,  with  the  number  of  shares
entitled to be voted by each  shareholder  set forth opposite  their  respective
names.  The said officer shall produce the share ledger or a duplicate  thereof,
together with such list and shall keep it open either at a place within the city
where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of
the meeting,  or, if not so  specified,  at the place where the meeting is to be
held  during  the  business  hours  of at least  one (1)  full  day  immediately
preceding  the  convening  thereof and until the close of such  meeting,  and it
shall be subject to inspection at any time during such period by any shareholder
or person representing  shares.  However, the said officer shall not be required
to prepare and produce a list of shareholders in any case where the share ledger
reasonably shows in alphabetical order by classes of shares all persons entitled
to represent  shares at such  meeting  with the number of shares  entitled to be
voted by each shareholder.

         SECTION 2.6. Quorum and Required Vote; Adjourned Meetings.  The holders
of a majority of the stock issued and  outstanding and entitled to vote thereat,
present in person or  represented  by proxy,  shall  constitute  a quorum at all
meetings  of the  shareholders  for  the  transaction  of  business,  except  as
otherwise  provided  by  statute  or the  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of the
Corporation.  When a quorum is present at any meeting,  a majority of the shares
represented  thereat and  entitled to vote  thereat  shall  decide any  question
brought before such meeting.  The shareholders  present at a duly called or held
meeting  at  which a  quorum  is  present  may  continue  to do  business  until
adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to leave less
than a quorum. Any shareholders'  meeting,  annual or special,  whether or not a
quorum  is  present,  may be  adjourned  from time to time by the  holders  of a
majority of the shares entitled to vote thereat,  present in person or by proxy,
but in the  absence  of a quorum no other  business  may be  transacted  at such
meeting.  It shall not be  necessary to give any notice of the time and place of
the adjourned meeting or of the business to be transacted thereat, other than by
announcement at the meeting at which such announcement is taken,  except that if
any  shareholders'  meeting,  either annual or special,  is adjourned for thirty
(30) days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case
of an original meeting.

                                       2

<PAGE>

         SECTION 2.7. Voting.  At each meeting of shareholders  each shareholder
entitled to vote shall vote in person or by proxy and he shall have one vote for
each share standing  registered in his name at the closing of the transfer books
for such  meeting,  or the record  date  fixed for such  meeting by the Board of
Directors, as the case may be, or standing registered in his name at the time of
such  meeting if  neither a date for the  closing  of the  transfer  books nor a
record  date for such  meeting  has been  fixed by the Board of  Directors.  The
voting at all meetings of shareholders  may be viva voce but any qualified voter
may demand a share vote by written  ballot,  whereupon  such share vote shall be
taken by written  ballot each of which  shall state the name of the  shareholder
voting  and the  number of shares  voted by him,  and if such  ballot be cast by
proxy, it shall also state the name of such proxy.

         SECTION  2.8.  Proxies.  Any  shareholder  entitled  to vote or execute
consents shall have the right to do so either in person or by one or more agents
authorized by proxy.  The  appointment of a proxy shall be in writing and signed
by the  shareholder  but shall require no other  attestation  and shall be filed
with  the  Secretary  of the  Corporation  at or prior  to the  meeting.  If any
shareholder appoints two or more persons to act as proxies and if the instrument
does not  otherwise  provide,  then a majority  of such  persons  present at the
meeting,  or if only one shall be  present,  then  that one  shall  have and may
exercise all of the powers  conferred by such instrument upon all of the persons
so appointed;  and if such proxies be equally divided as to the right and manner
of voting in any  particular  case, the vote shall be divided among the proxies.
Any person holding shares in a representative or fiduciary capacity which he may
represent  in person  may  represent  the same by proxy and  confer  general  or
discretionary  power upon such a proxy.  The authority of a proxy if not coupled
with an interest may be terminated  at will.  Unless  otherwise  provided in the
appointment,  the  proxy's  authority  shall  cease  three (3)  years  after the
appointment.  The  termination of a proxy's  authority by act of the shareholder
shall,  subject to the time limitation  herein set forth,  be ineffective  until
written  notice  of the  termination  has  been  given to the  Secretary  of the
Corporation.  Unless otherwise  provided therein,  an appointment filed with the
Secretary  shall have the effect of  revoking  all proxy  appointments  of prior
date. A proxy's authority shall not be revoked by the death or incapacity of the
maker  unless  before the vote is cast or the  authority  is  exercised  written
notice of such death or incapacity is given to the Corporation.

         SECTION 2.9.  Order  of  Business.  The order of business at the annual
meeting,  and so far as practicable  at all other meetings of the  shareholders,
shall be as follows:

         (a)         Calling meeting to order;

         (b)         Calling of roll and checking proxies;

         (c)         Proof of notice of meeting;

         (d)         Reading of any unapproved minutes;

         (e)         Reports of officers;

         (f)         Reports of committees;


                                       3

<PAGE>


         (g)         Election of directors;

         (h)         Unfinished business;

         (i)         New business; and

         (j)         Adjournment.

         SECTION 2.10.  Action  Without  Meeting.  Any action  which,  under any
provisions  of the laws of the State of Oklahoma or under the  provisions of the
Certificate of  Incorporation or under these Bylaws may be taken at a meeting of
the  shareholders,  may be taken  without a meeting,  without  prior  notice and
without  a vote  if a  consent  in  writing  be  signed  by the  holders  of the
outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be
necessary to authorize or take action at a meeting at which all shares  entitled
to vote  thereon were  present and voted.  Such consent  shall be filed with the
Secretary of the  Corporation and made a part of the corporate  records.  Prompt
notice of the  taking of the  corporate  action  without a meeting  by less than
unanimous  written  consent  shall be given to those  shareholders  who have not
consented in writing.


                                   ARTICLE Ill

                               Board of Directors

         SECTION  3.1.  Powers.  All  corporate  powers,  except those which are
conferred  upon  or  reserved  to  the   shareholders   by  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation,  these  Bylaws  and the laws of the State of  Oklahoma,  shall be
exercised  by or under the  authority  of, and the  business  and affairs of the
Corporation  shall be managed and conducted by, the Board of Directors.  Without
prejudice to such general power, but subject to the same limitations,  the Board
of Directors shall have the following powers:

         (a) To select and  remove all  officers,  agents and  employees  of the
Corporation,   prescribe  such  powers  and  duties  for  them  as  may  not  be
inconsistent with applicable law, with the Certificate of Incorporation or these
Bylaws  and fix  their  compensation  and to  confer  upon  any  officer  of the
Corporation the power to appoint,  remove and suspend  subordinate  officers and
agents;

         (b) To adopt, make and use a corporate seal, and to prescribe the forms
of  certificates  of  stock,  and to  alter  the  form of such  seal and of such
certificates from time to time, as it may determine advisable;

         (c) To  authorize  the  issuance of shares of stock of the  Corporation
from time to time,  upon such terms as may be in accordance  with applicable law
and to declare dividends from time to time in accordance with applicable law;


                                       4

<PAGE>


         (d) To borrow  money and incur  indebtedness  for the  purposes  of the
Corporation,  and  to  cause  to be  executed  and  delivered  therefor,  in the
corporate name, promissory notes, bonds, debentures,  deeds of trust, mortgages,
pledges, hypothecations or other evidences of debt and securities therefor;

         (e) To adopt such  insurance,  retirement  and other benefits plans for
directors, officers and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may
determine advisable; and

         (f) To adopt  regulations,  not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the
management of the Corporation's business and affairs.

         Section  3.2.  Number,  Election  and  Term of  Office.  The  Board  of
Directors  of  the  Corporation  shall  consist  of  one or  more  members.  The
shareholders  at any meeting shall  determine the number which shall  constitute
the Board of  Directors  and the number so  determined  shall remain fixed until
changed at a subsequent  meeting of the  shareholders.  The  directors  shall be
elected at each annual meeting of the shareholders;  however, if any such annual
meeting is not held or the directors are not elected thereat,  the directors may
be  elected at any  meeting  of the  shareholders  held for that  purpose.  Each
director  shall hold office until his  successor is elected or until his earlier
resignation or removal. A director need not be a shareholder of the Corporation.

         SECTION 3.3.  Vacancies.  Vacancies  in the Board of  Directors  may be
filled by a majority  of the  directors  then in office,  though not less than a
quorum, or by a sole remaining director, and each director so elected shall hold
office until his  successor is elected at an annual or a special  meeting of the
shareholders.  A vacancy or vacancies in the Board of Directors  shall be deemed
to exist in case of the death, resignation or removal of any director, or if the
authorized number of directors be increased, or if the shareholders fail, at any
annual or special meeting of shareholders at which any director or directors are
elected,  to elect the full  authorized  number of  directors to be voted for at
that meeting.  The shareholders may elect a director or directors at any time to
fill any vacancy or vacancies not filled by the directors.

         SECTION  3.4.  Resignations.  Upon the  resignation  of a  director,  a
majority of the remaining  directors or the sole  remaining  director shall have
the power to elect a successor to take office when the  resignation is to become
effective.

         SECTION 3.5.  Removal.  The entire Board of Directors or any individual
director  may be removed  from  office,  with or without  cause,  by the vote of
shareholders holding a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to
vote at any annual or special  meeting of  shareholders.  New  directors to fill
vacancies  created by removal may be elected at the same meeting of shareholders
By the  affirmative  vote of a majority of the members of the Board of Directors
then in office,  the Board of  Directors  at any time may  remove,  for cause or
without cause, any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION  3.6.  Annual  Meetings.  An  annual  meeting  of the  Board of
Directors  for the purpose of election  of officers of the  Corporation  and the
transaction of any other business  coming before such meeting shall be held each


                                       5

<PAGE>

year  immediately  following  the  adjournment  of  the  annual  meeting  of the
shareholders  and no notice of such  meeting to the elected  directors  shall be
necessary in order to legally constitute the meeting, provided a majority of the
Board  shall be present.  If a majority of the Board shall not be present,  then
such annual  meeting may be held at such time as shall be fixed by the  consent,
in writing, of all of the directors.  Other meetings of the Board may be held as
shall from time to time be determined by the Board provided  notice of the time,
date and place of any such  meeting is given to each  director not less than two
(2) days before such meeting.

         SECTION  3.7.  Regular  Meetings.  Regular  meetings  of the  Board  of
Directors shall be held at such place or places,  on such date or dates,  and at
such time or times as shall have been  established by the Board of Directors and
publicized  among all  directors.  No notice of such  regular  meeting  shall be
required.

         SECTION  3.8.  Special  Meetings.  Special  meetings  of the  Board  of
Directors for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the President
or the Secretary or by any two  directors by notice of the time,  date and place
thereof  given to each  director not less than two (2) days before such meeting.
No business  shall be considered at any special  meeting other than the purposes
mentioned in the notice given to each  director of the meeting,  except with the
consent of all directors.

         SECTION  3.9.  Place of  Meetings.  Meetings of the Board of  Directors
shall be held at any place  within or without  the State of  Oklahoma  which has
been  designated  from  time to time by  resolution  adopted  by the Board or by
written consent of all members of the Board. In the absence of such designation,
meetings shall be held at the principal office of the Corporation.

         SECTION 3.10. Quorum and Required Vote;  Adjourned Meetings. A majority
of the directors  shall  constitute a quorum for the  transaction of business at
any  meeting  of the  directors,  and the acts of a  majority  of the  directors
present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the acts of the Board
of Directors except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, by the
Certificate  of  incorporation  or by these  Bylaws  and  except to  adjourn  as
hereinafter  provided.  A quorum of the directors may adjourn any meeting of the
directors to meet again at a stated day and hour;  provided  that in the absence
of a quorum a majority of the directors present at any meeting of the directors,
either regular or special,  may adjourn to a later date but may not transact any
business  until a quorum has been secured.  At any adjourned  meeting at which a
required  number of directors  shall be present,  any business may be transacted
which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally  notified.  Notice
of the time and  place of  holding  an  adjourned  meeting  need not be given to
absent directors if the time and place be fixed at the meeting adjourned.

         SECTION 3.11.  Compensation.  Directors  and members of committees  may
receive such  compensation,  if any, for their services,  and such reimbursement
for expenses,  as may be fixed by resolution  adopted by the Board of Directors.
Members of special  or  standing  committees  may be  allowed  compensation  for
attending  committee  meetings,  provided  such  compensation  is  authorized by
resolution of the Board of Directors.


                                       6

<PAGE>


         SECTION 3.12. Action without Meeting.  Any action required or permitted
to be taken at a  meeting  of the  Board of  Directors  may be taken  without  a
meeting if all members of the Board  consent  thereto in writing.  Such  written
action by  unanimous  consent  shall have the same  effect as action  taken at a
meeting of the Board of Directors  and shall be filed with the  Secretary of the
Corporation  and  made a part  of the  minute  of  proceeding  of the  Board  of
Directors.

         SECTION  3.13.  Committees.  The Board of Directors  may, by resolution
passed by a majority of the whole Board, designate one or more committees,  each
such  committee  to  consist  of  one  (1)  or  more  of  the  directors  of the
Corporation,  that, to the extent provided in the resolution, shall have and may
exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the  management of the business
and affairs of the  Corporation and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to
be affixed to all papers  which may  require it. Such  committee  or  committees
shall  have  such  name  or  names  as may be  determined  from  time to time by
resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee so designated shall
keep  regular  minutes of its meetings and shall report the same to the Board of
Directors when required.

         SECTION 3.14.  Telephonic Meetings.  Members of the Board of Directors,
or any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors
or such  committee by means of  conference  telephone or similar  communications
equipment  by means of which all persons  participating  in the meeting can hear
each  other,  and  participation  in a meeting  pursuant to this  section  shall
constitute presence in person at such meeting.

                                   ARTICLE IV

                                    Officers

         Section 4.1.  Officers.  The officers of the  Corporation  shall,  at a
minimum, consist of a President and a Secretary. The Board of Directors may also
choose additional  officers,  including a Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board
of  Directors,  one or  more  Vice  Presidents,  a  Treasurer,  and  one or more
Assistant Secretaries or Assistant Treasurers, and such other officers as may be
appointed  in  accordance  with  Section  4.3.  One  person may hold two or more
offices;  provided  that no person  shall at the same time hold the  offices  of
President and Secretary.

         SECTION 4.2.  Election.  The officers of the  Corporation,  except such
officers as may be appointed  in  accordance  with Section 4.3 or 4.5,  shall be
elected annually by the Board of Directors, and each shall hold his office until
he shall resign or shall be removed or otherwise  disqualified  to serve, or his
successor shall be elected and qualified.

         SECTION 4.3. Subordinate Officers.  The Board of Directors may appoint,
and may empower the President to appoint, such other officers as the business of
the  Corporation  may  require,  each of whom shall hold office for such period,
have such  authority  and perform such duties as are provided in these Bylaws or
as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine.

         SECTION  4.4.  Removal.  Any  officer  may be  removed,  either with or
without  cause,  by the Board of  Directors,  at any regular or special  meeting


                                       7

<PAGE>

thereof,  or, except in case of an officer chosen by the Board of Directors,  by
any  officer  upon whom such power of removal may be  conferred  by the Board of
Directors.

         SECTION 4.5. Resignation.  Any officer may resign at any time by giving
written  notice  to the  Board  of  Directors,  or to the  President,  or to the
Secretary of the Corporation. Any such resignation shall take effect at the date
of the  receipt of such  notice or at any later  time  specified  therein;  and,
unless otherwise specified therein, the acceptance of such resignation shall not
be necessary to make it effective.

         SECTION  4.6.  Vacancies.  A vacancy  in any  office  because of death,
removal, resignation, disqualification or any other cause shall be filled in the
manner prescribed in these Bylaws for regular appointments to such office.

         SECTION 4.7.  Chairman of the Board. The Chairman of the Board, if any,
shall,  if  present,  preside  at all  meetings  of the Board of  Directors  and
exercise  and perform  such other  powers and duties as may be from time to time
assigned to him by the Board of Directors or prescribed by these Bylaws.

         SECTION  4.8.  Vice  Chairman  of the Board.  The Vice  Chairman of the
Board,  if any,  shall  perform  such  duties  as the Board of  Directors  shall
prescribe.  In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board,  the Vice
Chairman shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Chairman of the
Board.

         SECTION 4.9.  President.  The  President  shall be the Chief  Executive
Officer of the  Corporation  and shall,  subject to the  control of the Board of
Directors,  have general  supervision,  direction  and control of the  business,
finances and affairs of the  Corporation  and all other powers normally held and
exercised by the person  serving as President of a  corporation.  The  President
shall:

                  (a) Preside at all meetings of the  shareholders  and,  in the
absence of the Chairman of the Board, at all meetings of the Board of Directors;

                  (b) Sign or countersign,  as may be necessary, all such bills,
notes,  checks,  contracts and other  instruments as may pertain to the ordinary
course of the business of the Corporation;

                  (c) Execute deeds, bonds, mortgages, and contracts required to
be  executed  under  the  seal of the  Corporation,  except  where  required  or
permitted  by law to be  otherwise  signed and  executed  and  except  where the
signing and  execution  thereof  shall be  expressly  delegated  by the Board of
Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation;

                  (d) Have the power to appoint all  employees and agents of the
Corporation  whose  appointment  is not  otherwise  provided  for and to fix the
compensation  thereof  subject to the  provisions of these Bylaws or suspend any
employee or agent who shall not have been  appointed  by the Board of  Directors
and to suspend  for cause,  pending  final  action by the body which  shall have
appointed  him, any officer  other than an elected  officer,  or any employee or
agent who shall have been appointed by the Board of Directors.


                                       8

<PAGE>


                  (e)  Present  a  complete   report  of  the  business  of  the
Corporation  for  the  preceding  fiscal  year  at  the  annual  meeting  of the
shareholders  and report to the Board of Directors from time to time all matters
coming to his attention which materially affect the business of the Corporation;
and

                  (f)  Serve  as a  member  of the  Board  of  Directors  and an
ex-officio member of all standing committees, including the Executive Committee,
if any; and possess such usual powers and duties of  supervision  and management
as may pertain to the office of the  President  and such other powers and duties
as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

         SECTION  4.10.  Vice  President.  In the absence or  disability  of the
President, the Vice Presidents,  if any, in the order determined by the Board of
Directors, shall perform the duties and exercise the powers of the President and
shall  perform  such other  duties  and have such  other  powers as the Board of
Directors may from time to time prescribe.

         SECTION 4.11. Secretary. The Secretary shall:

                  (a) Attend all  meetings of  the Board of  Directors  and  the
shareholders  and record all votes and the minutes of all  proceedings in a book
to be kept for that purpose and shall,  when requested,  perform like duties for
all committees of the Board of Directors;

                  (b) Duly give or cause to be given all  notices in  accordance
with these Bylaws or as required by law;

                  (c) Be custodian of the  corporate  records and of the seal of
the  Corporation  and see that the seal of the  Corporation  is  affixed  to all
documents the execution of which on behalf of the Corporation  under its seal is
duly authorized;

                  (d) Sign,  with the  President or Vice  President,  all deeds,
bonds, mortgages, contracts and other instruments when so ordered;

                  (e} Keep a  register  of  the  post  office  address  of  each
shareholder which shall be furnished to the Secretary by such shareholder;

                  (f) Have general charge  of the stock  transfer  books of  the
Corporation; and

                  (g) In general, perform all duties as from time to time may be
assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 4.12. Assistant Secretaries. In the absence of the Secretary or
in  the  event  of his  death,  inability  or  refusal  to  act,  the  Assistant
Secretaries  in the order of their  length of  service as  Assistant  Secretary,
unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors,  shall perform the duties
of the  Secretary,  and when so acting  shall  have all the  powers  of,  and be


                                       9

<PAGE>

subject to, all the  restrictions  upon the  Secretary.  They shall perform such
duties as may be assigned to them by the Secretary,  by the President, or by the
Board of Directors.

         SECTION 4.13. Treasurer.  The Treasurer, if one  is chosen  or, if not,
the Secretary, shall:

                  (a) Keep and maintain  adequate  and correct  accounts  of the
properties and business transactions of the Corporation;

                  (b) Have  charge  and  custody of and be  responsible  for all
funds and  securities of the  Corporation;  receive and give receipts for moneys
due and payable to the Corporation from any source  whatsoever,  and deposit all
such  moneys in the name of the  Corporation  in such  depositories  as shall be
designated by the Board of Directors;

                  (c) Sign  or  countersign,  as  may  be  necessary,  all  such
bills, notes, checks and other instruments relating to the fiscal affairs of the
Corporation in the ordinary course of the business of the Corporation.

                  (d) Prepare,  or cause to be  prepared,  a  true  statement of
the Corporation's assets and liabilities as of the close of each fiscal year and
a true  statement of the results of the  operations of the  Corporation  for the
fiscal year then ended, all in reasonable detail; and

                  (e) In general, perform all duties as from time to time may be
assigned to him by the President or by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 4.14. Assistant Treasurers.  In the absence of the Treasurer or
in  the  event  of his  death,  inability  or  refusal  to  act,  the  Assistant
Treasurers,  in the order of their  length of  service as  Assistant  Treasurer,
unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors,  shall perform the duties
of the  Treasurer,  and when so acting  shall  have all the  powers  of,  and be
subject to, all the  restrictions  upon the  Treasurer.  They shall perform such
other duties as may be assigned to them by the Treasurer,  by the President,  or
by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION  4.15.  Delegation  of  Duties.  In  case  of  the  absence  or
disability  of any officer of the  Corporation  or for any other reason that the
Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may, by a vote of
the majority of the whole  Board,  delegate,  for the time being,  the powers or
duties, or any of them, of such officer to any other officer or to any director.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                 Shares of Stock

         SECTION 5.1.  Certificates of Stock. A certificate or certificates  for
shares  of the  capital  stock  of the  Corporation  shall  be  issued  to  each
shareholder  when any such  shares  are fully  paid,  showing  the number of the
shares of the  Corporation  standing on the books in his name.  The form of such
certificate shall be determined by the Board of Directors. All such certificates
shall be signed by the  President or a Vice  President  and the  Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary,  or be authenticated by facsimiles of the signatures of the


                                       10

<PAGE>

President  and Secretary or by a facsimile of the signature of the President and
the  written  signature  of  the  Secretary  or an  Assistant  Secretary.  Every
certificate authenticated by a facsimile of a signature must be countersigned by
a transfer agent or transfer clerk.  Even though an officer who signed, or whose
facsimile  signature has been written,  printed or stamped on, a certificate for
shares shall have ceased by death,  resignation or otherwise to be an officer of
the Corporation  before such certificate is delivered by the  Corporation,  such
certificate shall be as valid as though signed by a duly elected,  qualified and
authorized  officer,  if it be  countersigned  by a transfer  agent or  transfer
clerk. Such certificates  shall also be numbered and sealed with the seal of the
Corporation.

         SECTION  5.2.  Record  of  Shareholders.  There  shall  be  kept at the
registered  office  of the  Corporation  in  the  State  of  Oklahoma  a  record
containing  the names and  addresses  of all  shareholders  of the  Corporation,
arranged in alphabetical  order, the number and class of shares held by each and
the dates when they respectively  became the owners of record thereof;  provided
that the foregoing  shall not be required if the  Corporation  shall keep at its
registered  office a  statement  containing  the name and post  office  address,
including  street  number,  if any, of the  custodian of such record.  Duplicate
lists may be kept in such other  state or states as may,  from time to time,  be
determined by the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 5.3.  Transfer  Agents and  Registrars.  The Board of Directors
may, in its  discretion,  appoint one or more banks or trust  companies  in such
city or cities as the Board of Directors may deem advisable,  from time to time,
to  act as  Transfer  Agents  and  Registrars  of the  shares  of  stock  of the
Corporation; and, upon such appointments being made, no certificate representing
shares shall be valid until  countersigned  by one of such  Transfer  Agents and
registered by one of such Registrars.

         Section 5.4. Transfer of Shares.  Transfers of stock of the Corporation
shall be made on the books of the  Corporation  only upon  authorization  by the
registered holder thereof or by his attorney lawfully constituted in writing and
on surrender and  cancellation of a certificate or certificates of a like number
of shares of the same class properly  endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed
stock  transfer  power and  payment  of all taxes  thereon,  with such  proof of
authenticity  of the signatures as the  Corporation  or its transfer  agents may
reasonably require.

         SECTION 5.5.  Shareholders  Record Date and Closing  Stock  Books.  The
Board  of  Directors  may  fix,  in  advance,  a time as a  record  date for the
determination  of the  shareholders  entitled  to  notice  of or to  vote at any
meeting of  shareholders or any  adjournment  thereof,  or to express consent to
corporate  action in  writing  without a meeting  not more than  sixty (60) days
prior to the date of the  meeting or action nor less than ten (10) days prior to
the date of the  meeting  or action.  The Board of  Directors  may also fix,  in
advance, a time as a record date for the determination of shareholders  entitled
to receive  payment of any  dividend or other  distribution  or allotment of any
rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion,
or exchange of shares or for the purpose of any other lawful  action which shall
be not more than sixty (60) days prior to the date of the event for the  purpose
of which it is fixed.  When a record  date is so  fixed,  only  shareholders  of
record on that date are  entitled  to notice of and to vote at the meeting or to
receive a dividend,  distribution,  or allotment  of rights,  or to exercise the
rights,  as the case may be,  notwithstanding  any transfer of any shares on the


                                       11

<PAGE>

books of the Corporation after the record date. In lieu of fixing a record date,
the  Board of  Directors  may close the  books of the  Corporation  against  any
transfer of shares for a stated period but not to exceed in any case the maximum
periods set forth above.

         SECTION 5.6. Registered Shareholders. The Corporation shall be entitled
to  recognize  the  holder  of  record  of any  share or  shares of stock as the
exclusive owner thereof for all purposes,  and, accordingly,  shall not be bound
to recognize  any  equitable or other claim to or interest in such shares on the
part of any other  person,  whether or not it shall have express or other notice
thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.

         SECTION 5.7. Lost Certificates.  No new certificate for shares shall be
issued in lieu of an old one unless the latter is  surrendered  and  canceled at
the same time;  provided  that if any  certificate  for shares is lost,  stolen,
mutilated or  destroyed,  the Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of a
new  certificate  in lieu  thereof,  upon such terms and  conditions,  including
indemnification of the Corporation  reasonably  satisfactory to it, as the Board
of Directors shall determine.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                            Execution of Instruments

         SECTION  6.1. Contracts.  The  Board  of  Directors  or  any  committee
thereunto authorized may authorize any officer or officers,  agent or agents, to
enter into any  contract  or to execute and deliver in the name and on behalf of
the  Corporation  any  contract  or  other   instrument,   except   certificates
representing  shares  of stock of the  Corporation,  and such  authority  may be
general or may be confined to specific instances.

         SECTION 6.2. Checks or Drafts.  All checks,  drafts or other orders for
the payment of money,  notes,  acceptances  or other  evidences of  indebtedness
issued by or in the name of the  Corporation  shall be signed by such officer or
officers,  agent or agents  of the  Corporation  and in such  manner as shall be
determined from time to time by resolution of the Board of Directors.

         SECTION 6.3. Deposits;  Bank Accounts. All funds of the Corporation not
otherwise  employed  shall be  deposited  from time to time to the credit of the
Corporation in such banks, trust companies or other depositories as the Board of
Directors may from time to time  designate or as may be designated by an officer
or officers of the  Corporation to whom such power of designation  may from time
to time be delegated by the Board of Directors.  The Board of Directors may make
such  special  rules and  regulations  with respect to such bank  accounts,  not
inconsistent  with the  provisions  of these Bylaws,  as it may deem  expedient.
Unless otherwise provided by resolution of the Board of Directors,  endorsements
for  deposit  to the  credit of the  Corporation  in any of its duly  authorized
depositories  may be made by hand-stamped  legend in the name of the Corporation
or by written endorsement by any officer without countersignature.

         SECTION  6.4.  Loans.  No loans  shall be  contracted  on behalf of the
Corporation unless authorized by the Board of Directors, but when so authorized,
unless a particular  officer or agent is directed to negotiate the same,  may be


                                       12

<PAGE>

negotiated, up to the amount so authorized, by the President or a Vice President
or the Treasurer;  and such officers are hereby severally  authorized to execute
and  deliver  in the  name  and on  behalf  of the  Corporation  notes  or other
evidences of indebtedness countersigned by the President or a Vice President for
the amount of such  loans and to give  security  for the  payment of any and all
loans, advances and indebtedness by hypothecating,  pledging or transferring any
part or all of the property of the  Corporation,  real or personal,  at any time
owned by the Corporation.

         SECTION 6.5.  Sale or Transfer of Securities  Held by the  Corporation.
Stock  certificates,  bonds  or  other  securities  at  any  time  owned  by the
Corporation  may be held on behalf of the  Corporation  or sold,  transferred or
otherwise disposed of pursuant to authorization by the Board of Directors, or of
any  committee  thereunto  duly  authorized,  and when so authorized to be sold,
transferred or otherwise  disposed of, may be  transferred  from the name of the
Corporation  by the  signature  of the  President  or a Vice  President  and the
Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.

         SECTION 6.6. Execution of Proxies. The President, or, in the absence or
disability of the President,  a Vice President,  may authorize from time to time
the  signature  and  issuance  of proxies to vote upon  shares of stock of other
corporations  standing in the name of the Corporation or authorize the execution
of consents to action taken or to be taken by such other  corporation.  All such
proxies  and  consents  shall be  signed in the name of the  Corporation  by the
President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                                 Indemnification

         SECTION 7.1.  Indemnification  of Officers,  Directors,  Employees  and
Agents.  To the extent and in the manner  permitted  by the laws of the State of
Oklahoma and  specifically as is permitted under Section 1031 of Title 18 of the
Oklahoma Statutes,  the Corporation shall indemnify any person who, by reason of
the fact that such person is or was a director,  officer,  employee, or agent of
the  Corporation  or is or was  serving at the request of the  Corporation  as a
director, officer, employee, or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust, or other enterprise, was or is made a party to, or is threatened
to be made a party to, any  threatened,  pending or completed  action,  suit, or
proceeding (whether civil, criminal,  administrative,  or investigative),  other
than an action  by or in the  right of the  Corporation,  against  all  expenses
(including  attorney's  fees,  judgments,  fines and amounts paid in settlement)
actually and  reasonably  incurred by him resulting from and arising out of said
action, suit or proceeding.


                                  ARTICLE VIII
                               General Provisions

         SECTION  8.1. Fiscal Year.  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be
determined by the Board of Directors.


                                       13

<PAGE>


         SECTION 8.2.  Seal.  The  corporate  seal of the  Corporation  shall be
circular  in form  and  shall  contain  the  name of the  Corporation,  the word
"OKLAHOMA"  and such other words or  information  as shall be  determined by the
Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to
be impressed, affixed or otherwise reproduced.

         SECTION  8.3.  Dividends.  The  Board of  Directors  may,  out of funds
legally available therefor, from time to time at any regular or special meeting,
declare,  and the  Corporation may pay,  dividends on its outstanding  shares of
capital  stock as and when it deems  expedient.  Such  dividends  may be made in
cash,  property  or  shares  of the  capital  stock of other  securities  of the
Corporation.

         SECTION 8.4. Notice. Whenever any notice is required or permitted to be
given under the provisions of any law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these
Bylaws, it shall not be construed to require personal notice unless expressly so
stated, but such notice may be given by depositing the same in the United States
mail,  postage prepaid,  addressed to the person entitled thereto at his address
as it appears on the records of the Corporation, and such notice shall be deemed
to have been given on the day of such  mailing.  Notice  shall be deemed to have
been  duly  given on the date of  service  if  served  personally  or by  telex,
telecopier, cable, telegram or similar communication.  Shareholders not entitled
to vote  shall not be  entitled  to  receive  notice of any  meetings  except as
otherwise provided by statute.

         SECTION 8.5. Waiver of Notice. Whenever any notice whatever is required
to be  given  under  the  provisions  of  any  law  or  of  the  Certificate  of
Incorporation or of these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, signed by the person
or persons  entitled  to such  notice,  whether  before or after the time stated
therein,  shall be deemed  equivalent  to  notice.  Attendance  of a person at a
meeting  shall  constitute a waiver of notice of such  meeting,  except when the
person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting,  at the beginning
of the meeting,  to the  transaction of any business  because the meeting is not
lawfully  called or convened.  Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the
purpose  of, any annual or special  meeting of the  shareholders,  directors  or
members of a committee of directors  need be specified in any written  waiver of
notice unless so required by the Certificate of incorporation.

         SECTION 8.6. Conflicts of Interest. Except as may be otherwise provided
by the laws of the State of Oklahoma or the  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  no
contract or transaction between the Corporation and one or more of its directors
or officers, or between the Corporation and any other corporation,  partnership,
association  or other  organization  in which  one or more of the  directors  or
officers are directors or officers, or have a financial interest,  shall be void
or voidable solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is
present  at or  participates  in the  meeting  of the  Board of  Directors  or a
committee  thereof  which  authorizes  the  contract or  transaction,  or solely
because his or their votes are accounted for such purpose,  if: (a) the material
facts as to  which  the  relationship  or  interest  and as to the  contract  or
transaction  are  disclosed  or are  known  to the  Board of  Directors  or such
committee,  and the Board of  Directors  or  Executive  Committee  in good faith
authorizes the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of
the disinterested  directors,  even though the  disinterested  directors be less
than a quorum;  or (b) the material facts as to the relationship or interest and


                                       14

<PAGE>

as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the shareholders
entitled to vote  thereon,  and the  contract  or  transaction  is  specifically
approved  in good  faith by vote of the  shareholders;  or (c) the  contract  or
transaction  is  fair as to the  Corporation  as of the  time it is  authorized,
approved or  ratified by the Board of  Directors,  a committee  thereof,  or the
shareholders.  Common or interested  directors may be counted in determining the
presence  of a quorum at a meeting  of the Board of  Directors,  or a  committee
which authorizes the contract or transaction.

         SECTION 8.7. Loans to Officers or Employees.  The  Corporation may lend
money to, or guarantee  any  obligation  of, or otherwise  assist any officer or
other employee of the Corporation or of its subsidiary, including any officer or
employee who is a director of the Corporation or its subsidiary whenever, in the
judgment of the directors,  such loan,  guaranty or assistance may reasonably be
expected to benefit the Corporation.  The loan, guaranty or other assistance may
be with or without interest, and may be unsecured,  or secured in such manner as
the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of
shares of stock of the Corporation.  Nothing  contained in this section shall be
construed  to deny,  limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of any
Corporation at common law or under any statute.

         SECTION 8.8. Amendment.  These Bylaws may be amended,  altered, changed
or  repealed  at any annual or special  meeting  of the  shareholders,  provided
notice of the proposed amendment,  alteration,  change or repeal is contained in
the notice of such meeting,  by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares
issued and outstanding,  and entitled to vote thereat.  These Bylaws also may be
amended,  altered,  changed or repealed at any annual or special  meeting of the
Board of  Directors,  provided  notice of the  proposed  amendment,  alteration,
change or repeal is contained in the notice of such meeting,  by the affirmative
vote of the members of the Board of  Directors.  Notwithstanding  the  preceding
sentence,  the fact that such power to amend,  alter,  change or repeal has been
conferred upon the Board of Directors  shall not divest the  shareholders of the
power, nor limit their power to amend, alter, change or repeal these Bylaws.

         The above  Bylaws are  certified  to have been  adopted by the Board of
Directors of the Corporation on the 30th day of May, 1995.



                                                /S/ Joe B. Jones
                                                -------------------
                                                    Secretary








                                   EXHIBIT 3.1


                          FULLNET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                             STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------

         THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (this "Agreement") is made this 17th day of
February,  1999,  by and  between  FULLNET  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC.,  an  Oklahoma
corporation (the "Company"), and TIMOTHY J. KILKENNY, an individual duly elected
to serve as a the  President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of the Company  (the
"Grantee").

                               W I T N E S S E T H

         WHEREAS,  the Company  desires to advance the  interests of the Company
and its  shareholders  by  encouraging  and providing for the  acquisition of an
equity  interest in the Company by its key  employees  by  providing  additional
incentives  to such  persons,  and by enabling the Company to attract and retain
the services of such persons who make  substantial  contributions to the Company
through their ability, loyalty and efforts.

         WHEREAS,  Grantee is a key  employee  of the  Company,  and the Company
desires to provide  incentive to Grantee to continue to render valuable services
to it in the form of an inducement to acquire a further proprietary  interest in
the Company by grant of an option to  purchase  shares of the  Company's  common
stock, par value $.00001 (the "Common Stock").

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the foregoing and of the mutual
representations,  covenants,  warranties  and  agreements and upon the terms and
subject to the  conditions  hereinafter  set forth,  the parties hereto agree as
follows:

         1. Grant of Option.  The Company hereby grants to Grantee the right and
option to  purchase,  on the terms and  conditions  hereinafter  set  forth,  an
aggregate of 120,000  shares of the Common Stock at the purchase  price of $1.15
per share ("Grantee's Options").

         2. Time and Manner of Exercise.

         (a) Grantee's  Options shall vest and be exercisable  beginning October
         7, 2000. The right of Grantee to exercise Grantee's Options, subject to
         the terms and provisions of this Agreement,  shall expire at the end of
         the third year following the date on which the option was granted. Once
         Grantee's Options become exercisable, they may be exercised in whole at
         any  time  or in  part  from  time  to time  until  the  expiration  or
         termination of the option, whether or not any option granted previously
         to the Grantee remains outstanding at the time of such exercise.

         (b) Grantee's Options shall be exercised by written notice delivered to
         the  Company at its  principal  offices at 200 N.  Harvey,  Suite 1704,
         Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma,  73102,  or such other address as the Company

<PAGE>

         shall designate in writing to the Grantee,  setting forth the number of
         shares as to which the option is being  exercised,  and accomplished by
         payment of the option purchase price as follows:

                  (i)     In cash;

                  (ii)    By  exchange  of Common  Stock  valued at its Fair
                  Market Value on the date of exercise;

                  (iii)   By means of a brokers' cashless exercise  procedure by
                  the  delivery to the Company of an  exercise  notice  together
                  with irrevocable  instructions to a broker to deliver promptly
                  to the  Company the amount of  proceeds  necessary  to pay the
                  purchase  price of the shares of Common Stock as to which such
                  exercise relates; or

                  (iv)     By any combination of the foregoing.

         (c) Where  payment of the  purchase  price is to be made with shares of
         Common Stock acquired under any compensation plan of the Company,  such
         shares will not be accepted as payment  unless the Grantee has acquired
         such shares at least six months prior to such payment.

         (d) Upon  delivery  by Grantee to the  Company of notice and payment as
         provided for in this  section,  the Company  shall deliver to Grantee a
         certificate or certificates representing such shares of Common Stock.

         3. Termination of Option.

         (a) Upon  cessation  of service to the Company by Grantee  (for reasons
         other than retirement or death),  including cessation of service due to
         physical or mental  disability that prevents such person from rendering
         further services to the Company as an employee, only those of Grantee's
         Options which are exercisable at the date of cessation of service shall
         be exercisable by the Grantee.  Such options shall be exercisable until
         the first to occur of (i) the  expiration of the remaining  term of the
         option, or (ii) three months after cessation of service of the Grantee.

         (b) Upon the  retirement  or death  of the  Grantee,  options  shall be
          exercisable as follows:

                  (i)  Upon  retirement  of  Grantee  while an  employee  of the
                  Company  pursuant  to a  retirement  plan  maintained  by  the
                  Company,  Grantee's  Options shall  continue to be exercisable
                  during their terms as if such person had remained an employee;

                  (ii) In the event of the death of Grantee while an employee of

<PAGE>

                  the Company,  the Grantee's Options shall be exercisable until
                  the first to occur of (A) the expiration of the remaining term
                  of the option or (B) one year after the date of the  Grantee's
                  death, but only to the extent that the Grantee would have been
                  entitled  to exercise  the  options  had he lived  during such
                  period.

         4. Adjustments in Shares.  If the Company shall at any time change  the
number of issued shares of Common Stock without new consideration to the Company
(such as by stock dividend or stock split), the total number of shares available
under this Agreement, the number of shares to be granted to the Grantee pursuant
to this Agreement, and the number and price of shares of Common Stock subject to
outstanding  options,  shall be  adjusted  so that the  aggregate  consideration
payable to the Company and the value of such options  shall not be changed.  If,
during the term of  Grantee's  Options,  the Common  Stock shall be changed into
another kind of stock or into  securities of another  corporation,  whether as a
result of a reorganization,  recapitalization,  sale, merger, consolidation,  or
other similar transaction, or if additional rights shall be offered with respect
to the Common Stock, the Board shall cause adequate provision to be made so that
the Grantee shall  thereafter  be entitled to receive,  upon the due exercise of
any  outstanding  options,  the securities or rights that the Grantee would have
been entitled to receive had he owned the Common Stock  acquired on the exercise
of such options on the effective date of any such transaction.

         5. Rights Prior to  Exercise.  Neither the Grantee nor his or her legal
representatives  or beneficiaries  shall have any of the rights of a stockholder
with  respect to any shares  subject to any option  until  payment of the option
purchase price and delivery of a certificate for such shares as provided herein.

         6.  Non-Transferability of Options. No option may be sold, transferred,
pledged,  assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated otherwise than by will
or by the laws of descent and  distribution.  Except as  otherwise  specifically
provided  herein,  all options  granted to Grantee under this Agreement shall be
exercisable  during the lifetime of such Grantee only by such Grantee.  When the
Grantee dies, the personal representative or other person entitled to succeed to
the rights of the Grantee may exercise such rights, subject to furnishing to the
Company  proof  satisfactory  to the  Company of his or her right to receive the
option  under  Grantee's  will or  under  the  applicable  laws of  descent  and
distribution.

         7. No  Guaranteed  Term of Office.  Nothing in this  Agreement,  or any
modification  thereof, and no grant of an option, or any term thereof,  shall be
deemed an  agreement or condition  guaranteeing  to any employee any  particular
term of office or limiting the right of the  Company,  the Board of Directors or
the stockholders to terminate the employment of the Grantee.

         8.  Administration.  The grant of options to Grantee  pursuant  to this
Agreement shall be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company.

<PAGE>


         9. Other Provisions.  This option is granted and delivered in the State
of Oklahoma and is intended to be construed and enforced under the laws thereof.
The  provisions  hereof  shall inure to the  benefit of and be binding  upon the
parties  hereto  and  their   respective   heirs,   executors,   administrators,
successors, and assigns.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this option is executed on behalf of the Company by
its duly  authorized  officer  and by Grantee as of the day and year first above
written.

                                  "COMPANY"

                                  Fullnet Communications, Inc.


                                  By: /s/ Timothy J. Kilkenny
                                      ------------------------
                                  Name:    Timothy J. Kilkenny
                                  Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

                                  "GRANTEE"


                                  /s/ Timothy J. Kilkenny
                                  -----------------------
                                  Name:  Timothy J. Kilkenny





                                   EXHIBIT 6.1




INTERCONNECTION  AGREEMENT UNDER SECTIONS 251 AND 252 OF THE  TELECOMMUNICATIONS
ACT OF 1996





                                 by and between


                       SOUTHWESTERN BELL TELEPHONE COMPANY

                                       And

                          FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


<PAGE>


<TABLE>

<CAPTION>
                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                     Page 1 of 2

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
<S>                                                                             <C>                   <C>

1.0      DEFINITIONS....................................................................................3
2.0      INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION...............................................................11
3.0      RATES CHARGES AND IMPLEMENTATION - GENERALLY..................................................11
3.1      Implementation Schedule and Interconnection Activation Dates..................................11
3.2      Rates and Charges - Generally.................................................................12
4.0      INTERCONNECTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 251(c)(2).................................................12
4.1      Scope.........................................................................................12
4.2      Interconnection Coverage......................................................................13
4.3      Methods for Interconnection...................................................................14
4.4      Physical Architecture.........................................................................14
4.5      Technical Specifications......................................................................16
4.6      Interconnection in Additional Metropolitan Exchange Areas.....................................16
5.0  TRANSMISSION AND ROUTING OF TELEPHONE EXCHANGE SERVICE TRAFFIC
     PURSUANT TO SECTION 251(c)(2).....................................................................17
5.1      Scope of Traffic..............................................................................17
5.2      Responsibilities of the Parties...............................................................17
5.3      Reciprocal Compensation for Termination of Local Traffic......................................18
5.4      Reciprocal Compensation for Transit Traffic...................................................19
5.5      Reciprocal Compensation for Termination of IntraLATA Intexchange Traffic......................19
5.6      Compensation for Origination and Termination of Switched Access Service Traffic to or
         From an IXC (Meet-Point Billing (MPB) Arrangements)...........................................20
5.7      Billing Arrangements for Compensation for Termination of IntraLATA, Local, Transit
         and Optional Calling Area Traffic.............................................................21
6.0  TRANSMISSION AND ROUTING OF EXCHANGE ACCESS TRAFFIC PURSUANT TO
     251(c)(2).........................................................................................23
6.1      Scope of Traffic..............................................................................23
6.2      Trunk Group Architecture and Traffic Routing..................................................23
7.0      TRANSPORT AND TERMINATION OF OTHER TYPES OF TRAFFIC...........................................23
7.1      Information Services Traffic..................................................................23
7.2      Line Status Verification (LSV)/Busy Line Interrupt (BLI) Traffic..............................23
7.3      Wireless Traffic..............................................................................24
7.4      911 Service...................................................................................24
8.0      SIGNALING.....................................................................................24
9.0      NUMBERING.....................................................................................25
10.0     RESALE - Sections 251(c)(4) and 251(b)(1).....................................................26
10.1     Availability of Retail Telecommunications Services............................................26
10.2     Availability of Retail Telecommunications Services for Resale.................................26
11.0     UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS - SECTIONS 251(c)(3), 271(c)(2)(B)(II),
 (IV),(V),(VI),(X).....................................................................................26
12.0     NOTICE OF CHANGES - SECTION 251(c)(5).........................................................26
13.0     COLLOCATION-SECTION 251(c)(6).................................................................27
14.0     NUMBER PORTABILITY - SECTIONS 251(b)(2), 271(c)(2)(B)(xi).....................................27
15.0     DIALING PARITY - SECTION 251(b)(3) AND 271(e)(2)..............................................27
16.0     ACCESS TO RIGHTS-OF-WAY - SECTION 251(b)(4)...................................................27
17.0     DATABASE ACCESS...............................................................................28
18.0     COORDINATED SERVICE CALLS.....................................................................28
18.1     Referral Announcement.........................................................................28
18.2     Coordinated Repair Calls......................................................................28
19.0  OTHER SERVICES 271(c)(2)(vii), 271(c)(2)(B)(viii)................................................29
19.1     White Pages...................................................................................29
19.2     Calling Name Information......................................................................29
19.3     Billing/Collecting/Remitting..................................................................29
19.4     911 Service...................................................................................29
19.5     Directory Assistance..........................................................................29
19.6     Direct Access.................................................................................29

<PAGE>

                                                SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS,INC.
                                                                     Page 2 of 2
19.7     Operator Services.............................................................................29
19.8     Clearinghouse Services........................................................................29
19.9     Hosting.......................................................................................29
19.10    Recording.....................................................................................29
19.11    Signaling System 7 Interconnection............................................................30
20.0 GENERAL RESPONSIBLITIES OF THE PARTIES............................................................30
21.0 EFFECTIVE DATE, TERM AND TERMINATION..............................................................31
22.0 DISCLAIMER OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES......................................................32
23.0 SLAMMING..........................................................................................32
24.0 SEVERABILITY......................................................................................33
25.0 LIMITATION OF LIABILITY...........................................................................33
26.0 INDEMNIFICATION...................................................................................34
27.0 REGULATORY APPROVAL...............................................................................35
28.0 MISCELLANEOUS.....................................................................................35
28.1     Authorization.................................................................................35
28.2     Compliance and Certification..................................................................35
28.3     Law Enforcement...............................................................................36
28.4     Independent Contractor........................................................................36
28.5     Force Majeure.................................................................................36
28.6     Confidentiality...............................................................................37
28.7     Governing Law.................................................................................38
28.8     Taxes.........................................................................................38
28.9     Non-Assignment................................................................................39
28.10    Non-Waiver....................................................................................40
28.11    Audits........................................................................................40
28.12    Disputed Amounts..............................................................................40
28.13    Dispute Resolution............................................................................41
28.14    Notices.......................................................................................41
28.15    Publicity and Use of Trademarks or Service Marks..............................................42
28.16    Section 252(i) Obligations....................................................................43
28.17    Joint Work Product............................................................................43
28.18    Intervening Law...............................................................................44
28.19    No Third Party Beneficiaries; Disclaimer of Agency............................................44
28.20    No License....................................................................................44
28.21    Survival......................................................................................44
28.22    Scope of Agreement............................................................................44
28.23    Entire Agreement..............................................................................44

</TABLE>

<PAGE>


                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                    Page 1 of 45

INTERCONNECTION  AGREEMENT UNDER SECTIONS 251 AND 252 OF THE  TELECOMMUNICATIONS
ACT OF 1996

     This   Interconnection   Agreement  under  Sections  251  and  252  of  the
Telecommunications  Act of 1996  ("Agreement"),  is by and between  Southwestern
Bell  Telephone  Company,   a  Missouri   Corporation   ("SWBT"),   and  Fulltel
Communications, Inc., an Oklahoma corporation ("CLEC").

     WHEREAS,  pursuant to Section 252(i) of the Federal  Telecommunications Act
of 1996,  CLEC and SWBT have  entered  into an  agreement  on the same terms and
conditions  contained in the SWBT/Cox  Oklahoma Telcom,  Inc.  Agreement for the
State of Oklahoma ("the underlying Agreement.")

     WHEREAS,  the  Parties  acknowledge  and agree  that the  rates,  terms and
conditions  set forth in this  Agreement  are  subject to any  appeals  and that
Southwestern  Bell  reserves  all  appellate  rights with respect to such rates,
terms and  conditions  and does not waive any legal  arguments by executing this
Agreement.  It is  Southwestern  Bell's  intent and  understanding  of state and
federal  law,  that  any  negotiations,  appeal,  stay,  injunction  or  similar
proceeding which impacts the applicability of such rates, terms or conditions to
the  underlying   Agreement  will  similarly  and   simultaneously   impact  the
applicability of such rates, terms and conditions to CLEC. In the event that any
of the rates, terms and/or conditions herein are invalidated, modified or stayed
by any action of any state or federal  regulatory  bodies,  courts or regulatory
agencies  of  competent   jurisdiction  ("such  Actions"),   the  Parties  shall
immediately incorporate changes from the underlying Agreement,  made as a result
of such Actions, into this Agreement.  Where revised language is not immediately
available,  the Parties shall expend diligent efforts to incorporate the results
of such Actions into this Agreement on an interim basis,  but shall conform this
Agreement  to the  underlying  Agreement,  once such  changes are filed with the
Commission.

     Pursuant to this Agreement for Local Wireline Network  interconnection  and
Service  Resale  ("Agreement"),  CLEC  a  Local  Service  Provider  ("LSP")  and
Southwestern Bell Telephone Company ("SWBT") (collectively,  "the Parties") will
extend certain  arrangements  to one another within each LATA in which they both
operate within the state of Oklahoma in which the Parties may operate within the
term of this Agreement.  This Agreement includes terms,  conditions,  and prices
for network  interconnection,  access to unbundled network  elements,  ancillary
network  services,  and retail  services,  provided at wholesale prices to CLEC,
available  for  resale.   The  Agreement  will  be  submitted  to  the  Oklahoma
Corporation Commission for regulatory concurrence.

     Notwithstanding  this mutual  commitment,  however,  the Parties enter into
this Agreement without prejudice to any positions they have taken previously, or
may take in the future in any  legislative,  regulatory,  or other  public forum
addressing any matters,  including  matters related to the types of arrangements
prescribed by this Agreement.

     The Parties agree and understand  that SWBT and CLEC are proposing  certain
provisions in this Agreement,  based on the FCC's First Report and Order, In the
Matter  of   Implementing   of  the   Local   Competition   Provisions   in  the
Telecommunications Act of 1996, CC Docket No. 96-98, released Aug. 8, 1996 ("FCC
1st Order") and the Second Report and Order and Memorandum Opinion and Order, In
the  Matter  of  Implementation  of  the  Local  Competition  Provisions  of the

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                    Page 2 of 45

Telecommunications act of 1996, CC Docket No. 96-98, released Aug. 8, 1996 ("FCC
2d Order").  To the extent that  certain of the rules  contained  in the FCC 1st
Order and the FCC 2d Order,  or any other FCC Order,  adopted to  implement  the
Telecommunications  Act of 1996,  are deemed by the courts to be not  effective,
this Agreement  shall be modified to comport with the final court  decisions and
subsequent  FCC rules  adopted to comply with the court's  decisions  and to the
extent that such  modifications  prohibit  the  Parties  from  performing  their
obligations  under this  Agreement,  then they may terminate this Agreement upon
reasonable notice.

     WHEREAS, the Parties want to interconnect their networks at mutually agreed
upon points of  interconnection  to provide,  directly or indirectly,  Telephone
Exchange  Services (as defined below) and Exchange  Access (as defined below) to
residential and business end users predominantly over their respective telephone
exchange service facilities in Oklahoma; and

     WHEREAS, the Telecommunications Act of 1996 (the "Act") was signed into law
on February 2, 1996; and

     WHEREAS,  the  Parties  intend to  negotiate  a  permanent  interconnection
agreement pursuant to Section 251 of the Telecommunications Act of 1996; and

     WHEREAS,  the Act places  certain duties and  obligations  upon, and grants
certain rights to, Telecommunications Carriers; and

     WHEREAS, SWBT is an Incumbent Local Exchange Carrier.

     WHEREAS,  the Parties  should be able to efficiently  exchange  traffic and
signaling  at   well-defined   and   standardized   points  of  mutually  agreed
interconnection; and

     WHEREAS,  SWBT is willing to sell unbundled  Network Elements and Ancillary
Functions and additional features,  as well as services for resale, on the terms
and subject to the conditions of this Agreement; and

     WHEREAS,  CLEC is a Telecommunications  Carrier and has requested that SWBT
negotiate  an  Agreement  with  CLEC  for  the  provision  of   interconnection,
reciprocal  compensation,  resale  and  unbundled  Network  Elements  (including
Ancillary  Functions  and  additional  features)  pursuant  to  the  Act  and in
conformance with SWBT's duties under the Act; and

     WHEREAS,  for  purposes of this  Agreement,  the Parties  intend to operate
where SWBT is the incumbent local exchange carrier and CLEC, a competitive local
exchange carrier, is certified by the Oklahoma State Commission, as required.

     WHEREAS,  the Parties are  entering  into this  Agreement  to set forth the
respective  obligations of the Parties and the terms and conditions  under which
the Parties  will  interconnect  their  networks and provide  other  services as
required by the  Telecommunications  Act of 1996 ("Act") and additional services
as set forth herein; and


<PAGE>


                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                    Page 3 of 45

     NOW, THEREFORE,  in consideration of the mutual provisions contained herein
and other good and valuable consideration,  the receipt and sufficiency of which
are hereby acknowledged, CLEC and SWBT hereby covenant and agree as follows:

SCOPE OF AGREEMENT

A.   This Agreement sets forth the terms, conditions and prices under which SWBT
     agrees to provide  (a)  services  for resale  (hereinafter  referred  to as
     "Resold Services") (b) certain Unbundled Network Elements, (as specified in
     Appendix  UNE)  Ancillary   Functions  and  additional   features  to  CLEC
     (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Network Elements") for CLEC's own
     use or for  resale  to  others,  and  (c)  Interconnection  and  reciprocal
     compensation  for the exchange of local  traffic,  for the  termination  of
     local  traffic  between  SWBT and CLEC,  for  purposes  of  offering  local
     exchange services.  Unless otherwise  provided in this Agreement,  SWBT and
     CLEC will perform all of their  obligations  hereunder  throughout,  to the
     extent provided in the Appendices  attached hereto. This Agreement includes
     all accompanying appendices.

B.   In the performance of their obligations  under this Agreement,  the Parties
     shall act in  consistent  good  faith  with the  intent  of the Act.  Where
     notice, approval or other action by a Party is permitted or required by any
     provision of this Agreement, (including, without limitation, the obligation
     of the parties to further  negotiate  the  resolution of new or open issues
     under  this  Agreement)  such  action  shall not be  unreasonably  delayed,
     withheld or conditioned.

1.0  DEFINITIONS

                  1.1 "Act"  means  the  Communications  Act of 1934 (47  U.S.C.
153(R)),  as  amended  by the  Telecommunications  Act  of  1996,  and  as  from
time-to-time interpreted in the duly authorized rules and regulations of the FCC
or a Commission within its state of jurisdiction.

                  1.2 "Access  Services"  refers to the tariffed  interstate and
intrastate  switched  access and dedicated  transport  services  offered for the
origination and/or termination of interexchange traffic.

                  1.3  "Access  Service  Request"  or "ASR"  means the  industry
standard forms and supporting  documentation  used for ordering Access Services.
The  ASR  will  be  used  to  order  trunking,  switching,  unbundled  elements,
transport,  services for resale and other  facilities  between CLEC and SWBT for
Local Interconnection Service.

                  1.4  "Affiliate"  means a person that (directly or indirectly)
owns or controls,  is owned or  controlled  by, or is under common  ownership or
control with,  another person.  For purposes of this  paragraph,  the term "own"
means to own an equity  interest  (or the  equivalent  thereof)  of more than 10
percent.


<PAGE>


                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                    Page 4 of 45


                  1.5 "Access Tandem  Switches" are switches used to connect end
offices to Interexchange Carrier Class 4 switches.

                  1.6 "Automatic Number  Identification" or "ANI" is a switching
system  feature that forwards the  telephone  number of the calling party and is
used for screening, routing and billing purposes.

                  1.7 "LSV/BLI  Traffic" or "LSV/BLI Call" refers to an operator
call  between a CLEC  operator  and a SWBT  operator  to  inquire as to the busy
status  of,  or  requesting  an  interruption  of a  call  on a  Local  Exchange
Telecommunications Service.

                  1.8 "Calling  Party Number" or "CPN" is a feature of signaling
system 7 (SS7)  protocol  whereby the ten (10) digit number of the calling party
is forwarded from the end office serving that party.

                  1.9 "Central  Office Switch" means a single  switching  system
within the public switched telecommunications network, including the following:

                    a.   "End Office  Switches" which are Class 5 switches where
                         end user Exchange  Services are directly  connected and
                         offered.

                    b.   "Tandem  Office   Switches"  or  "Tandems"   which  are
                         switches, which may be Access Tandems or other, used to
                         connect  and  switch  trunk  circuits  between  Central
                         Office Switches and intra/interLATA carriers.

                         Central Office Switches may be employed as  combination
                         End Office/Tandem Office switches.

                  1.10  "CLASS   Features"  mean  certain   CCS-based   features
available to end users including,  but not limited to: Automatic Call Back; Call
Trace; Caller Identification and related blocking features; Distinctive Ringing;
Call Waiting; Selective Call Forward; and Selective Call Rejection.

                  1.11  "Collocation"  is the  virtual or  physical  collocation
service that SWBT provides in its designated wire centers.

                  1.12  "Collocation  Arrangement",  as more fully  described in
Appendix Collocation, means an arrangement whereby one Party's (the "Collocating
Party") facilities are terminated in its equipment necessary for Interconnection
or for  access  to  Network  Elements  on an  unbundled  basis , which  has been
installed  and  maintained  at the  premises  of a second  Party  (the  "Housing
Party").  Collocation may be "physical" or "virtual." In "Physical Collocation,"
the  Collocating  Party  installs and maintains its own equipment in the Housing
Party's  premises.  In "Virtual  Collocation,"  the Housing  Party  installs and
maintains the collocated equipment in the Housing Party's premises.


<PAGE>
                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                    Page 5 of 45

Collocation  includes,  but is  not  limited  to,  collocation  of 38 GHz  basic
transmission  equipment,  provided it  complies  with the  guidelines  in SWBT's
Physical Collocation Technical Publication provided to CLEC.

                  1.13 "Commissions" means the Oklahoma  Corporation  Commission
and the FCC collectively,  otherwise  Commission means the Oklahoma  Corporation
Commission.

                  1.14 "Common Channel Signaling" or "CCS" is a special network,
fully separate from the transmission path of the public switched  network,  that
digitally transmits call set-up and network control data.

                  1.15 "Local Service Provider" or "LSP" is a telecommunications
provider  certified  to provide  Basic  Exchange  Telecommunications  Service in
geographic areas which may include SWBT's local exchange territory.

                  1.16  As used in this  Agreement, "Dialing  Parity"  refers to
both Local Dialing Parity and Toll Dialing Parity. "Dialing parity" means that a
person that is not an affiliate of a local  exchange  carrier is able to provide
telecommunications  services in such a manner that customers have the ability to
route   automatically,   without   the   use   of   any   access   code,   their
telecommunications to the telecommunications services provider of the customer's
designation  from  among  two  or  more  telecommunications  services  providers
(including such local exchange carrier).

                  1.17 "DID" means direct inward dialing.

                  1.18 "Digital Signal Level" means one of several  transmission
rates in the North American time-division multiplex hierarchy.

                  1.19  "Digital  Signal  Level  0" or "DS0"  means  the 64 Kbps
zero-level signal in the North American time-division multiplex hierarchy.

                  1.20  "Digital  Signal  Level 1" or "DS1" means the 1.544 Mbps
first-level signal in the North American time-division  multiplex hierarchy.  In
the time-division  multiplexing  hierarchy of the telephone network,  DS1 is the
result of the initial level of multiplexing.

                  1.21  "Digital  Signal Level 3" or "DS3" means the 44.736 Mbps
third-level  in the North American  time-division  multiplex  hierarchy.  In the
time-division multiplexing hierarchy of the telephone network, DS3 is defined as
the third level of multiplexing.

                  1.22  "Electronic  File  Transfer"  refers  to any  system  or
process which utilizes an electronic format and protocol to send or receive data
files.

                  1.23 "End User" means a  third-party  residence  or  business,
that  subscribes  to  telecommunications  services  provided  by  either  of the
Parties, or by another telecommunications service provider.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                    Page 6 of 45

                  1.24  "Exchange  Message  Record" or "EMR" means the  standard
used   for   exchange   of   telecommunications    message   information   among
telecommunications carriers for billable,  non-billable,  sample, settlement and
study data.  EMR format is contained in Bellcore  Practice  BR-010-200-010  CRIS
Exchange Message Record.

                  1.25 "Telephone  Exchange  Service" means (A) service within a
telephone  exchange,  or within a connected system of telephone exchanges within
the same  exchange area  operated to furnish to  subscribers  intercommunicating
service of the character ordinarily furnished by a single exchange, and which is
covered by the exchange  service  charge,  or (B)  comparable  service  provided
through a system of switches,  transmission  equipment,  or other facilities (or
combination  thereof)  by which a  subscriber  can  originate  and  terminate  a
telecommunication service.

                  1.26 "Fiber-Meet" means an interconnection architecture method
whereby the Parties physically  interconnect their networks via an optical fiber
interface  (as opposed to an  electrical  interface)  at a mutually  agreed upon
location.

                  1.27 "Local  Exchange  Carrier"  or "LEC"  means an  incumbent
local exchange carrier or a Local Service Provider (LSP).

                  1.28  Forward  Looking  Long Run  Incremental  Cost  (LRIC) as
defined by the Commission  means the long run forward  looking  additional  cost
caused by providing all volume-sensitive and volume-insensitive  inputs required
to provide a service or network element offered as a service, using economically
efficient current  technology  efficiently  deployed.  LRIC also equals the cost
avoided, in the long run, when a service or network element offered as a service
is no longer produced.  LRIC excludes costs directly and solely  attributable to
the production of other services or network  elements  offered as services,  and
unattributable  costs which are incurred in common for all the services supplied
by the firm.  The long run means a period long enough so that the cost estimates
are based on the assumption that all inputs are variable.

                  1.29 "Initial Billing  Company" or "IBC" is  as  described  in
Section 5.6.3 of this Agreement.

                  1.30  "Interconnection"  is as described in the Act and refers
to the  connection  of separate  pieces of equipment,  facilities,  or platforms
between or within  networks  for the  purpose  of  transmission  and  routing of
Telephone Exchange Service traffic and Exchange Access traffic

                  1.31  "Interconnection  Activation  Date" is the date that the
construction  of  the  joint  facility  interconnection   arrangement  has  been
completed,  trunk  groups  have been  established,  and joint  trunk  testing is
completed.

                  1.32  "Interexchange  Carrier" or "IXC"  means a carrier  that
provides,  directly  or  indirectly,   interLATA  or  intraLATA  Telephone  Toll


<PAGE>


                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                    Page 7 of 45

Services. For purposes of Section 6.0 of this Agreement, the term "IXC" includes
any entity which purchases FGB or FGD Switched  Exchange Access Service in order
to originate or terminate traffic to/from CLEC's end users.

                  1.33 "Interim Number  Portability" (INP) as referenced in this
Agreement,  is the  capability of an end user to retain their  telephone  number
when changing local service providers, using RCF or DID technology.

                  1.34 "IntraLATA  Toll Traffic" means those  intraLATA  station
calls that are not defined as Local Traffic in this Agreement.

                  1.35 "Integrated  Services  Digital  Network"  or  "ISDN"   is
switched  network service  providing  end-to-end  digital  connectivity  for the
simultaneous  transmission  of voice and data.  ISDN is  provisioned  end-to-end
pursuant to TR-444. Basic Rate Interface ISDN ("BRI-ISDN")  provides for digital
transmission of two analog or 64 Kbps digital data information  bearing channels
("Bearer Channels") and one 16 Kbps data channel (2B+D).

                  1.36 "Line Information Database" or "LIDB" is as described  in
Appendix LIDB.

                  1.37 "Local  Calling Area" is as described in Section 5.1.2 of
this Agreement.

                  1.38 "Local  Exchange  Carrier" or "LEC" means any person that
is engaged in the provision of telephone  exchange  service or exchange  access.
Such term does not  include a person  insofar  as such  person is engaged in the
provision of a commercial  mobile  service  under section  332(c),except  to the
extent that the  Commission  finds that such  service  should be included in the
definition of such term.

                  1.39 "Local  Exchange  Routing  Guide" or "LERG" is a Bellcore
reference  typically used by LECs, IXCs and CLCs to identify NPA-NXX routing and
homing information.

                  1.40 "Local  Serving  Office" means the end office that serves
an end user.

                  1.41   "Local   Traffic,"   for   purposes   of   intercompany
compensation,  means traffic that originates and terminates between or among end
users within a SWBT local  calling area defined in SWBT tariffs as they exist at
the time of the signing of this  agreement,  including  mandatory  local calling
scope  arrangements,  but excluding Optional EAS areas, if any. "Mandatory Local
Calling Scope" is an arrangement that requires end users to subscribe to a local
calling  scope beyond their basic  exchange  serving area. In no event shall the
Local Traffic area for purposes of local call  termination  billing  between the
Parties be decreased during the term of this Agreement.

                  1.42 "Losses" means any and all losses, costs (including court
costs),  claims,  damages  (including  fines,  penalties,  and criminal or civil
judgments  and  settlements),  injuries,  liabilities  and  expenses  (including
attorneys' fees).


<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                    Page 8 of 45

                  1.43 "MECAB"  refers to the Multiple  Exchange  Carrier Access
Billing document  prepared by the Billing  Committee of the Ordering and Billing
Forum (OBF), which functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison Committee
(CLC) of the Alliance for  Telecommunications  Industry  Solutions  (ATIS).  The
MECAB document, published by Bellcore as Special Report SR-BDS-000983,  contains
the recommended guidelines for the billing of access services provided to an IXC
by two or more LECs,  or by one LEC in two or more states  within a single LATA.
The latest release is issue No. 5, dated June 1994.

                  1.44 "MECOD" refers to the Multiple Exchange Carriers Ordering
and Design  Guidelines  for Access  Services -  Industry  Support  Interface,  a
document  developed by the  Ordering/Provisioning  Committee of the Ordering and
Billing Forum (OBF),  which  functions under the auspices of the Carrier Liaison
Committee  (CLC) of the  Alliance  for  Telecommunications  Industry"  Solutions
(ATIS).  The  MECOD  document,  published  by  Bellcore  as  Special  Report  SR
STS-002643,  establishes  methods for processing orders for access service which
is to be provided  to an IXC by two or more  telecommunications  providers.  The
latest release is issue No. 3, dated February 1996.

                  1.45 "Meet Point" is  as  described  in  Section 5.6.2 of this
Agreement.

                  1.46  "Meet-Point  Billing"  or  "MPB"  refers  to  a  billing
arrangement whereby two or more Telecommunications  Carriers jointly provide for
switched access service to an IXC, with each LEC receiving an appropriate  share
of its switched access revenues as defined by its effective access tariffs.

                  1.47  "Metropolitan  Exchange Area" means a geographical  area
defined in SWBT  current  tariffs  effective  December,  1996 as a  metropolitan
exchange  local  calling  area.  For example,  Oklahoma  City,  Tulsa,  and each
separate Metropolitan Exchange Area.

                  1.48  "Multi-Frequency"  or "MF" means signaling  arrangements
that  make use of pairs of  frequencies  out of a group of six  frequencies.  MF
signals  are  used  for  called  number   address   signaling,   calling  number
identification, ring-back, and coin control.

                  1.49 "Multiple  Bill/Multiple Tariff method" is the meet-point
billing  method  where each LEC  prepares and renders its own meet point bill to
the  IXC  in   accordance   with  its  own  tariff  for  that   portion  of  the
jointly-provided Switched Access Service which the LEC provides. MECAB documents
refer to this method as "Multiple Bill/Single Tariff."

                  1.50  "North  American  Numbering  Plan" or  "NANP"  means the
system of telephone numbering employed in the United States, Canada, and certain
Caribbean


<PAGE>


                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                    Page 9 of 45

countries. It denotes the three digit Numbering Plan Area code and a seven digit
telephone  number made up of a three digit Central Office code plus a four digit
station number.

                  1.51 "Network  Element"  means a facility or equipment used in
the provision of a telecommunications service. Such term also includes features,
functions,  and  capabilities  that are  provided  by means of such  facility or
equipment,  including  subscriber numbers,  data bases,  signaling systems,  and
information  sufficient for billing and collection or used in the  transmission,
routing, or other provision of a telecommunications service.

                  1.52  "Network  Element Bona Fide  Request"  means the process
described in Appendix UNE that is attached hereto and  incorporated  herein that
prescribes the terms and conditions relating to a Party's request that the other
Party provide a Network Element.

                  1.53 "Numbering  Plan Area" or "NPA" is sometimes  referred to
as an area code.  This is the three digit  indicator that is defined by the "A",
"B", and "C" digits of each 10-digit  telephone number within the North American
Numbering  Plan (NANP).  There are two general  categories  of NPA,  "Geographic
NPAs" and  "Non-Geographic  NPAs". A Geographic NPA is associated with a defined
geographic area, and all telephone  numbers bearing such NPA are associated with
services provided within that Geographic area. A Non-Geographic  NPA, also known
as a "Service Access Code" (SAC Code) is typically associated with a specialized
telecommunications  service that may be provided across multiple  geographic NPA
areas.

                  1.54 "NXX",  "NXX Code", or "Central Office Code" is the three
digit switch entity indicator that is defined by the "D", "E", and "F" digits of
a 10 digit telephone number within the North American Numbering Plan (NANP).

                  1.55 "Permanent Number  Portability" or "PNP" means the use of
the local routing  number (LRN) database  solution to provide fully  transparent
LNP for all customers and all providers without limitation.

                  1.56 "Point of Interface"  or "POI" is a mutually  agreed upon
point of demarcation where the exchange of traffic between two LECs takes place.

                  1.57 "Pre-ordering and Ordering" is as described  in  Appendix
 OSS.

                  1.58 "Port"  is as described in Appendix UNE.

                  1.59 "Provider"  means a carrier who provides  services to end
users or other carriers.

                  1.60 "Rate  Center"  means the specific  geographic  point and
corresponding  geographic  area  associated  with one or more NPA-NXX codes that
have been assigned to a LEC for its provision of Telephone Exchange Service.

                  1.61  "Referral  Service"  means a process in which  calls are
routed to an announcement which states the new telephone number of an end user.


<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 10 of 45


                  1.62  "Resale" is as described in Appendix Resale.

                  1.63  "Routing  Point" means a location  that a LEC or LSP has
designated on its own network as the homing (routing) point for traffic, bearing
a   certain   NPA-NXX   designation,   that  is   inbound   to  Basic   Exchange
Telecommunications  Services  provided by the LEC or LSP.  The Routing  Point is
employed to calculate mileage measurements for the distance-sensitive  transport
element charges of Switched Access  Services.  Pursuant to Bellcore  Practice BR
795-100-100,  the  Routing  Point  may be an "End  Office"  location,  or a "LEC
Consortium Point of  Interconnection".  Pursuant to that same Bellcore Practice,
examples  of the  latter  shall  be  designated  by a common  language  location
identifier  (CLLI) code with (x)KD in  positions 9, 10, 11, where (x) may be any
alphanumeric  A-Z or 0-9. The above referenced  Bellcore  document refers to the
Routing Point as the Rating Point.  The Routing Point must be located within the
LATA in which the  corresponding  NPA-NXX is located.  However,  Routing  Points
associated  with each  NPA-NXX  need not be the same as the  corresponding  Rate
Center,  nor must there be a unique and separate Routing Point  corresponding to
each unique and  separate  Rate  Center;  provided  only that the Routing  Point
associated  with a given  NPA-NXX  must be  located in the same LATA as the Rate
Center associated with the NPA-NXX.

                  1.64 "Service Control Point" or (SCP) is as described in
Appendix UNE.

                  1.65 "Service Switching Point" or "SSP" is as described in
Appendix UNE.

                  1.66 "Signaling Point" or "SP" is as described in Appendix
UNE.

                  1.67 "Signal Transfer Point" or "STP" is as described in
Appendix UNE.

                  1.68 "Signaling System 7 or "SS7" is as described in
Appendix UNE.

                  1.69 "Special  Access" means access other than switched access
and provides a dedicated trunk or trunk group between A and Z locations.

                  1.70 "Subsequent Billing Company" or "SBC" is as described in
Section 5.6.3 of this Agreement.

                  1.71 "Switched  Exchange Access Service" means the offering of
transmission  or  switching  services  to  Telecommunications  Carriers  for the
purpose of the  origination or  termination of Telephone Toll Service.  Switched
Exchange Access Services  include,  but are not necessarily  limited to: Feature
Group A, Feature  Group B, Feature Group D, 800/888  access,  and 900 access and
their successors or similar Switched Exchange Access services.


<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 11 of 45

                  1.72 "Synchronous Optical Network" or "SONET" means an optical
interface standard that allows  inter-networking  of transmission  products from
multiple vendors.  The base rate is 51.84 Mbps (OC-1/STS-1) and higher rates are
direct multiples of the base rate, up to 13.22 Gpbs.

                  1.73 "Tariff  Services"  as  used  throughout  this  Agreement
refers to SWBT interstate tariffs and intrastate tariffs.

                  1.74 "Telecommunications Services" is as defined in the Act.

                  1.75 "Transit " is as defined in the  Reciprocal  Compensation
Section of this Agreement.

                  1.76 "Trunk Side" is as defined in Appendix UNE.

                  1.77 "Wholesale Discount" is as described in Appendix Resale.

                  1.78 "Wire  Center"  means an  occupied  structure  or portion
thereof in which a Party has the  exclusive  right of occupancy and which serves
as a Routing Point for Switched Exchange Access Service.

2.0  INTERPRETATION AND CONSTRUCTION

     In the event of any  amendment of the Act or any  legislative,  regulatory,
judicial  order,  rule or  regulations,  or other legal  action that  revises or
reverses the Act,  the FCC's  Orders in FCC Docket Nos.  96-98 and 95-185 or any
applicable FCC order or arbitration  award purporting to apply the provisions of
the federal Act, the Parties reserve all of their rights and remedies, including
those to amend, alter, or revise this Agreement.

3.0  RATES CHARGES AND IMPLEMENTATION -- GENERALLY

     3.1  IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE AND INTERCONNECTION ACTIVATION DATES

          3.1.1 Pursuant to this Agreement, CLEC and SWBT agree to the following
               schedule of rates and charges:

                  The  Parties  agree to use the  Commission's  ordered  interim
rates from Cause No. PUD 960000218 (AT&T/SWBT Arbitration). The Parties agree to
use such interim rates and charges until such time as new rates are  established
pursuant to a final and effective  Commission  order or more favorable rates are
included in a final approved interconnection  agreement between SWBT and another
carrier.  Such new rates  shall be  substituted  in place of the  interim  rates
previously established when final and effective or available in a final approved
interconnection agreement. To the extent required by the Commission in the above
referenced docket, such interim rates shall be subject to true-up.

          3.1.2 Subject  to   the  terms  and   conditions  of  this  Agreement,
Interconnection  of the Parties'  facilities and equipment  pursuant to Sections
4.0, 5.0 and 6.0 for obtaining unbundled network elements,  the transmission and
routing of Telephone  Exchange Service traffic;  and for Exchange Access traffic

<PAGE>


                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 12 of 45

shall be established on or before the corresponding  "Interconnection Activation
Date" shown for each such  Metropolitan  Exchange Area on Appendix DCO. Appendix
DCO may be revised and supplemented  from time to time upon the mutual agreement
of the  Parties  to  reflect  the  Interconnection  of  additional  Metropolitan
Exchange  Areas  pursuant  to  Section  4.7 by  modifying  or  updating  the DCO
appendix.

     3.2  RATES AND CHARGES  -- GENERALLY

          3.2.1 SWBT's  prices   for  termination  and   transport  of  traffic,
interconnection,  access to unbundled  network elements  (including  operational
support systems), and ancillary services are based upon the forward looking long
run incremental cost and including an appropriate  allocation of forward looking
joint and common costs,  incurred by SWBT in providing  the service.  Prices are
set  forth  in the  attached  Appendices,  and  comport  with  the  Act  and the
Commission's decision in the permanent cost docket.

          3.2.2 SWBT's wholesale discounts for resale services, set forth in the
attached  Appendices,  are calculated in accordance with the standards set forth
in the Act.

          3.2.3 Where any request for services or elements under  this Agreement
entails the  modification of existing  facilities;  where such request cannot be
met by the offerings specified in this Agreement; where such a request entails a
higher or lower level of quality than SWBT  historically  provided to itself; or
where this  Agreement  and  incorporated  Appendices do not establish a price to
recover the development,  implementation, or other costs of meeting the request;
the Bona Fide Request detailed in this document shall apply.

4.0  INTERCONNECTION PURSUANT TO SECTION 251(c)(2)

         4.1 Scope

         This   Section,   4.0,   describes   the  physical   architecture   for
Interconnection  of the Parties'  facilities and equipment for the  transmission
and routing of Telephone  Exchange  Service  traffic and Exchange Access traffic
pursuant to Section 251(c)(2) of the Act. Such  Interconnections  shall be equal
in quality to that provided by the Parties to  themselves or to any  subsidiary,
affiliate or Third Party.  For purposes of this Section 4.0,  "equal in quality"
refers to functionally  equivalent interfaces  specifications,  provisioning and
installation  intervals,  and  maintenance,  testing and repair,  and quality of
performance.  Appendix ITR  prescribes  the  specific  trunk groups (and traffic
routing  parameters)  which will be  configured  over the  physical  connections
described in this Section (4.0 ) to provide the facilities for the  transmission
and routing of Telephone Exchange Service traffic (as described in Section 5.0),
Exchange  Access  traffic (as  described in Section  6.0),  LSV/BLI  traffic (as
described in Section 7.2),  and E911/911  traffic (as described in Section 7.4).
Use of this physical  connection  shall be limited to the trunk groups described
in Appendix ITR.

         4.2  Interconnection Coverage

         The Parties  shall  provide for  interoperation  of their  networks and
shall interconnect their facilities as stated below:


<PAGE>


                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 13 of 45

     1.   CLEC shall interconnect with SWBT's facilities as follows:

          a.   In each SWBT  exchange  area in which CLEC chooses to offer local
               exchange  service,  CLEC,  at a minimum,  will  interconnect  its
               network  facilities to (a) one access tandem and (b) to each SWBT
               local  tandem(s)  or to each SWBT end  office(s)  (EOs).  If CLEC
               desires a single point for  interconnection  within a LATA,  CLEC
               agrees to purchase dedicated or common transport from SWBT to any
               other  exchange  within a LATA  requested  by  CLEC,  or CLEC may
               self-provision,  or use a third party's facilities.  The SWBT EOs
               and tandems through which CLEC will terminate its traffic will be
               called SWBT Interconnection Wire Centers and are to be identified
               in  Appendix  DCO  attached  hereto  and  incorporated  herein by
               reference.  As CLEC  initiates  exchange  service  operations  in
               additional  SWBT exchange  areas,  SWBT and CLEC shall agree upon
               additional SWBT Interconnection Wire Centers in each new exchange
               area.  CLEC  agrees  that if SWBT  establishes  additional  local
               tandems  in an  exchange  area  within  which CLEC  offers  local
               exchange  service,  CLEC  will  interconnect  to  the  additional
               tandems.

          b.   Interconnection to a SWBT local tandem(s) will provide CLEC local
               access  to the  SWBT end  offices  and NXXs  which  subtend  that
               tandem(s),  and to other Local Exchange  Carriers (LECs) (subject
               to  Section  7.3)  which  are   connected   to  that   tandem(s).
               Interconnection  to SWBT EO(s) will  provide  CLEC access only to
               the  NXXs  served  by  that   individual   EO(s)  to  which  CLEC
               interconnects.

          c.   Interconnection  to  a  SWBT  access  tandem  will  provide  CLEC
               interexchange  access to SWBT, IXCs, LECs, and wireless providers
               (subject  to Section  7.3) which are  connected  to that  tandem.
               Where an access  tandem also  provides  local  tandem  functions,
               interconnection  to a SWBT access  tandem  serving that  exchange
               will  also  provide  CLEC  access  to  SWBT's  EOs  with the same
               functionality described in (b) above.

          d.   Where  CLEC  requires   ancillary   services   (e.g.,   Directory
               Assistance,    Operator    Assistance,    911/E911)    additional
               interconnection  to  SWBT's  Interconnection  Wire  Center(s)  or
               special  trunking  will be required for  interconnection  to such
               ancillary services.

         SWBT  shall   interconnect  with  CLEC's  facilities  under  terms  and
         conditions  no less  favorable  than those  identified  in Section 4.2,
         Paragraph 1, above.

         4.3   Methods for Interconnection

     Where the  Parties  interconnect,  for the  purpose of  exchanging  traffic
between networks, the Parties may use the following  interconnection methods for
each Tandem and End Office  identified  in Appendix DCO making use of facilities
they own or lease from a third party.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 14 of 45


                  4.3.1 Physical Collocation Interconnection (PCI) is where CLEC
provides  fiber  cable and  connects to its  equipment  located in the SWBT Wire
Center. CLEC owns and maintains CLEC's equipment.

                  4.3.2 Virtual Collocation  Interconnection (VCI) is where CLEC
provides  fiber  cable  to  SWBT  for  connection  to  CLEC's  designated  basic
transmission  equipment  dedicated  solely for CLEC's  use,  located in the SWBT
Interconnection   Wire  Center.  Where  space  is  not  available  for  physical
collocation  and  space is  available  for  virtual  collocation  and  technical
limitations  do not exist,  CLEC and SWBT agree to negotiate  in good faith,  an
arrangement whereby CLEC shall be permitted to purchase  transmission  equipment
that SWBT will  install,  maintain,  and repair at the request of CLEC.  If CLEC
elects to remove such equipment it shall pay SWBT the cost of removal.

                  4.3.3 SONET-Based Interconnection (SBI) is where CLEC provides
fiber  cable  to SWBT  for  connection  to  SWBT-designated  basic  transmission
equipment located at the SIWC and dedicated solely for CLEC's use. SWBT owns and
maintains the basic transmission equipment. This option shall be consistent with
SWBT's SBI tariff as  modified,  if  necessary,  to comport with the ACT and FCC
Order.

                  4.3.4 Leased Facility Interconnection (LFI) - where facilities
exist,  either  Party may lease  facilities  from the  other  Party as  mutually
agreed.

                  4.3.5 Mid-span Fiber Interconnection - Where the Parties agree
to interconnect through SONET technology, using a mutually agreeable originating
line  terminating  multiplexer  fiber  optic  terminal  (FOT)  details  of  this
architecture are addressed in Appendix MSFI. This interconnection arrangement is
limited to interconnecting trunks.

                  4.3.6 The Parties may agree to utilize another Interconnection
Method as may be determined to be technically feasible in the future.

         4.4      Physical Architecture

                  4.4.1  Using  one  or  more  of  the  Interconnection  Methods
described  in  Section  4.3  above,   the  Parties  will  agree  on  a  physical
architecture plan. This plan will be documented within Appendix DCO. The Parties
agree to deploy a physical architecture plan per Metropolitan Serving Area which
is mutually  acceptable.  Two architecture  arrangements,  End Span Meet (or End
Point  Meet)  and  Mid-Span  Meet (or  Mid-Point  Meet),  are  discussed  below.
Additional physical architectures,  as yet undefined, may evolve during the term
of this Agreement. These future, as yet undefined architectures, can be deployed
if mutually agreed upon.

                  4.4.2  As  set  forth  in  Appendix  ITR,  the  Parties  shall
initially  configure all Traffic Exchange Trunk groups as two-way,  but utilized
as one-way as described  herein.  The Parties agree that two-way trunking is the
desired  architecture  and shall use their best  efforts to mutually  agree on a
schedule  for  conversion  to  utilization  of two-way  trunks but not to exceed
twelve (12) months from the Interconnection Activation Date.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 15 of 45

                  a.       End Point Meet

                  Using the "End Point  Meet"  architecture,  the  Parties  will
establish  transport  facilities  from their own Central  Office(s) to the other
party's Central Office(s)  utilizing any method of interconnection  described in
Section 4.3. Unless otherwise  mutually agreed upon, each Party will use its own
or third party transport  facilities to provide trunking as set forth in Exhibit
B. The  Parties  will be  responsible  for the  appropriate  sizing of the trunk
groups.  Operation  and  maintenance  of the  transport  facilities  will be the
responsibility of the Party providing them.

                  If  initially  deployed  as  an  End-Span  Architecture,   the
deployment  architecture may be migrated or groomed, upon mutual agreement, to a
Mid-Span Meet architecture.

                  b.       Mid-Span Meet

                  Using the "Mid-Span Meet" architecture, the Parties will agree
upon a Network  Interconnection  Point (NIP). The NIP functions as a demarcation
point for each  Party.  Each  Party is  responsible  to  provide  the  necessary
trunking  to its  side  of the  NIP  utilizing  any  method  of  interconnection
described  in Section 4.3 above.  The Parties are mutually  responsible  for the
appropriate sizing of the composite  trunking facility.  The Party providing the
facility  section  is  responsible  for the  operation  and  maintenance  of the
transport facility to the NIP.

                  A second NIP may be established, when mutually agreed upon, to
eliminate a "single point of failure".  The  establishment of the second NIP may
not require  additional  or increased  trunking or  facilities  of either Party.
Trunking  from the  initial NIP will be groomed or  augmented  to the second NIP
upon mutual agreement.

                  When  required,  based on guidelines  established  pursuant to
Appendix  ITR,  either Party may trunk  directly to the other Party's EO. If the
Party is virtually or  physically  collocated  at the EO, then that  collocation
will be designated as a NIP. This  collocation will be used for the transport of
direct  EO  trunking,  in  addition  to  other  uses.  The  collocated  Party is
responsible  for the  appropriate  sizing,  operation,  and  maintenance  of the
transport  facility which will carry mutual  traffic.  In the instance where the
Party is not  collocated,  the EO trunk group will be handed off at the original
NIP and both Parties will be economically  and  technically  responsible for the
transport facility on their side of that NIP.

                  Unless  otherwise  mutually  agreed upon,  when Mid- Span Meet
architecture  has been deployed,  it will remain as the  architecture  of choice
during the term of this Agreement.



<PAGE>


                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 16 of 45

         4.5      Technical Specifications

                  4.5.1 CLEC and SWBT shall work  cooperatively  to install  and
maintain  a  reliable  network.   CLEC  and  SWBT  shall  exchange   appropriate
information (e.g., maintenance contact numbers, network information, information
required  to comply  with law  enforcement  and other  security  agencies of the
Government and such other  information  as the Parties shall mutually  agree) to
achieve this desired reliability.

                  4.5.2 CLEC and SWBT shall work  cooperatively  to apply  sound
network  management  principles  by  invoking  network  management  controls  to
alleviate or to prevent congestion.

                  4.5.3  Technical  Publications  that  describes the practices,
procedures,  specifications  and  interfaces  generally  utilized  by  SWBT  are
identified herein.  Technical Publications referred to herein assist the Parties
in meeting  their  respective  Interconnection  responsibilities.  Copies of the
publications listed in this Agreement have been provided to CLEC by SWBT.

         4.6      Interconnection in Additional Metropolitan Exchange Areas

                  4.6.1 If CLEC decides to offer Telephone  Exchange Services in
any other Exchange Areas in which SWBT also offers Telephone  Exchange Services,
CLEC  shall   provide   written   notice  to  SWBT  of  the  need  to  establish
Interconnection in such Exchange Areas pursuant to this Agreement.

                  4.6.2 The notice  provided in Section  4.6.1 shall include (i)
the initial  Routing Point CLEC has designated in the Exchange Area; (ii) CLEC's
requested  Interconnection  Activation Date; and (iii) a non-binding forecast of
CLEC's trunking requirements.

                  4.6.3  Unless  otherwise  agreed by the  Parties,  the Parties
shall  designate the Wire Center that CLEC has identified as its initial Routing
Point in the Exchange  Area as the CLEC  Interconnection  Wire Center  (CIWC) in
that  Exchange  Area and shall  mutually  designate  a SWBT  Tandem  Office Wire
Center(s) within the Exchange Area as the SIWC(s) in that Exchange Area.

                  4.6.4   Unless   otherwise   agreed   by  the   Parties,   the
Interconnection  Activation  Date in each new Exchange Area shall be targeted at
ninety (90) days but in no event more than 150 days  following the date on which
CLEC delivered notice to SWBT of the need to establish  Interconnection pursuant
to Section  4.6.1.  Within ten (10)  business  days of SWBT's  receipt of CLEC's
notice,  SWBT  and  CLEC  shall  confirm  the  respective  Wire  Centers  to  be
Interconnected and the Interconnection Activation Date for the new Exchange Area
by attaching a supplementary schedule to Appendix DCO.



<PAGE>


                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 17 of 45

5.0  TRANSMISSION AND ROUTING OF TELEPHONE  EXCHANGE SERVICE TRAFFIC PURSUANT TO
     SECTION 251(c)(2)

         5.1      Scope of Traffic

         This Section (5.0)  prescribes  parameters  for Traffic  Exchange trunk
groups the  Parties  shall  establish  over the  Interconnections  specified  in
Section  4.0.  The  parties  shall  employ the  Traffic  Exchange  trunk  groups
specified,  in this Section (5.0) and in Appendix ITR, for the  transmission and
routing of all Local and IntraLATA Toll Traffic between the Parties.

                  5.1.1 For purposes of compensation  under this Agreement,  the
telecommunications  traffic  traded  between CLEC and SWBT will be classified as
either Local Traffic, Transit Traffic, Optional Calling Area Traffic,  IntraLATA
Interexchange Traffic, InterLATA Interexchange Traffic, FGA Traffic, or Wireless
Traffic. The compensation arrangement for the joint provision of Feature Group A
(FGA)  Services is covered in Appendix  FGA,  attached  hereto and  incorporated
herein by reference.  The  compensation  arrangement  for the joint provision of
Wireless  Traffic  is  covered  in  Appendix   Wireless,   attached  hereto  and
incorporated  herein by reference.  The Parties agree that,  notwithstanding the
classification of traffic under this Agreement, either Party is free, within the
terms of this Agreement to define its own "local"  calling  area(s) for purposes
of its provision of Telecommunications Services to its end users.

                  5.1.2 Calls  originated by one Party's end user and terminated
to the other Party's end user will be classified as "Local  Traffic"  under this
Agreement if: (i) the call  originates  and terminates in the same SWBT exchange
area; or (ii)  originates  and terminates  within  different SWBT Exchanges that
share a common  mandatory  local calling  area,  e.g.,  mandatory  Extended Area
Service (EAS),  mandatory  Extended Local Calling Service (ELCS),  or other like
types of mandatory expanded local calling scopes.

         5.2      Responsibilities of the Parties

                  5.2.1 Each  Party will be  responsible  for the  accuracy  and
completeness  and quality of its data as  submitted  to the  respective  Parties
involved.

                  5.2.2 Each Party will include in the  information  transmitted
to the other,  for each call being  terminated  on the  other's  network  (where
available),  the  originating  Calling  Party Number  (CPN) or Automatic  Number
Identification (ANI).

                  5.2.3  The  type of  originating  calling  number  transmitted
depends  on the  protocol  of the  trunk  signaling  used  for  interconnection.
Traditional toll protocol will be used with Multi-Frequency (MF) signaling,  and
ANI  will  be sent  from  the  originating  Party's  end  office  switch  to the
terminating Party's tandem or end office switch.

                  5.2.4  Where one Party is passing  CPN but the other  party is
not  properly  receiving  information,  the Parties  will  cooperate to rate the
traffic correctly.



<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 18 of 45


         5.3      Reciprocal Compensation for Termination of Local Traffic

                  5.3.1 The Compensation set forth below will apply to all Local
Traffic as defined in Section 5.1.2 of this Agreement.

                  5.3.2    Applicability of Rates

                           i)       The rates, terms, conditions in this Section
                                    5.3 apply only to the  termination  of Local
                                    Traffic, except as explicitly noted.

                           ii)      The Parties agree to  compensate  each other
                                    for the  termination  of Local  Traffic on a
                                    minute of use (MOU) basis.

                  5.3.3             Rate Elements

                           5.3.3.1. A  Tandem  rate  element  is  applicable  to
Tandem  Routed  Local  Traffic  on a  terminating  local MOU basis and  includes
compensation for the following sub-elements.

                           i)       Tandem Switching - compensation for  the use
of tandem switching functions.

                           ii)      Tandem  Transport  -  compensation  for  the
                                    transmission  facilities  between  the local
                                    tandem and the end offices  subtending  that
                                    tandem.

                           iii)     End Office  Switching - compensation for the
                                    local   EO   office   switching   and   line
                                    termination  functions necessary to complete
                                    the transmission.

                           5.3.3.2  An  End  Office  rate  element   applies  to
direct-routed  Local  Traffic,  on a terminating  local MOU basis,  and includes
compensation for End Office Switching. This includes direct-routed Local Traffic
that terminates to offices that have combined tandem and End Office functions.

                           5.3.3.3  De minimis Provision.  The first nine months
of this agreement  shall be a de minimis  period.  For purposes of Section 5.3.3
there shall be a monthly threshold de minimis level of Local Traffic below which
no  compensation  will be paid by the Parties for  termination of Local Traffic,
unless the net of such  terminating  traffic results in Minutes of Use (MOUs) in
excess of the  threshold.  Such de minimis  level  shall be 105%  determined  by
comparing  each Party's  monthly MOU  calculation.  Such minutes of use shall be
measured in seconds by call type and accumulated monthly and then rounded to the
nearest one minute  increment for billing  purposes.  This provision  applies to
Local Traffic only,  which  includes calls  originated  and  terminated  to/from
mandatory local calling areas, but does not include Transit or CMRS Traffic. The
Parties  acknowledge  and agree that any  compensation  which might accrue in an
amount  less than  required  by this  Section  shall be  considered  de minimis,
however,  the Parties shall  exchange all records  required  under the Agreement

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 19 of 45


even when the traffic exchanged between the Parties is de minimis.  Whenever the
traffic  exchanged between the parties exceeds the 105% de minimis level, in any
given month, the Parties shall bill or settle amongst themselves for all MOUs.

                  5.3.4    Local Traffic Interconnection Rates
                                                              Prices
                                                              ------

                           Tandem Switching                   $0.002822/MOU
                           ----------------

                           Tandem Transport
                           ----------------

                                    Common
                                    ------
                                    Zone A                    $0.000621/MOU
                                    Zone B                    $0.000393/MOU
                                    Zone C                    $0.000519/MOU

                           End Office Switching

                                    Zone A                    $0.007598/MOU
                                    Zone B                    $0.005965/MOU
                                    Zone C                    $0.005775/MOU

         5.4      Reciprocal Compensation for Transit Traffic

                  5.4.1 Transit  Traffic  allows one Party to send Local traffic
to a third party network  through the other Party's  tandem.  A Transit  Traffic
rate element  applies to all MOUs between a Party and third party  networks that
transit the other Party's tandem switch.  The  originating  Party is responsible
for the appropriate rates unless otherwise  specified.  The Transit Traffic rate
element is only  applicable  when calls do not originate  with (or terminate to)
the transit Party's end user.

                           Prices
                           ------
                           Local Transit                     $0.003443/MOU

                           All other traffic  which  transits a  tandem shall be
treated as meet-point billing traffic unless otherwise agreed.

                           Each Party represents that  it shall not  send  local
traffic to the other  Party that is  destined  for the  network of a third party
unless and until such Party has the authority to exchange traffic with the third
party.

         5.5      Reciprocal Compensation for Termination of IntraLATA
Interexchange Traffic

                           5.5.1  For intrastate intraLATA interexchange service
traffic,  compensation  for  termination  of  intercompany  traffic  will  be at
terminating  access rates for Message  Telephone  Service (MTS) and  originating

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 20 of 45

access rates for 800 Service, including the Carrier Common Line (CCL) charge, as
set forth in each party's  Intrastate  Access  Service  Tariff.  For  interstate
intraLATA service,  compensation for termination of intercompany traffic will be
at terminating access rates for MTS and originating access rates for 800 Service
including the CCL charge, as set forth in each party's interstate Access Service
Tariff.

                    5.6  Compensation   for   Origination   and  Termination  of
                         Switched  Access  Service  Traffic  to or  From  an IXC
                         (Meet-Point Billing (MPB) Arrangements)

                           5.6.1  For interstate, interLATA traffic, terminating
compensation will be at access rates as set forth in each Party's own applicable
access tariffs.

                           5.6.2 The Parties will establish MPB arrangements, as
mutually agreed upon, in order
to provide  Switched  Access Services to IXCs via SWBT's access tandem switch in
accordance with the MPB guidelines  adopted by and contained in the Ordering and
Billing  Forum's MECOD and MECAB  documents.  CLEC's Meet Points with SWBT,  and
SWBT's Meet Points with CLEC shall be those  identified  in Appendix DCO and any
supplements thereto.

                           5.6.3  Billing to  IXCs  for  the  Switched  Exchange
Access  Services  jointly  provided  by  the  Parties  via  Meet-Point   Billing
arrangement  shall be according to the multiple  bill/single  tariff method.  As
described  in the MECAB  document,  each Party will render a bill in  accordance
with its own tariff for that portion of the service it provides. For the purpose
of this  Agreement,  CLEC is the Initial  Billing  Company (IBC) and SWBT is the
Subsequent  Billing Company (SBC). The assignment of revenues,  by rate element,
and the  Meet-Point  Billing  percentages  applicable to this  Agreement are set
forth in the Meet Point Billing  Arrangement  Revenue Assignment  Schedule.  The
actual rate values for each element shall be the rates contained in that Party's
own applicable access tariffs.

                           5.6.4 The Parties will  maintain  provisions in their
respective federal and state
access tariffs,  or provisions within the National Exchange Carrier  Association
(NECA)  Tariff No. 4, or any  successor  tariff,  sufficient to reflect this MPB
arrangement, including MPB percentages.

                           5.6.5 As detailed in the MECAB document, the  Parties
will,  in  accordance  with accepted  time  intervals  exchange all  information
necessary to  accurately,  reliably and promptly bill third Parties for Switched
Access  Services  traffic  jointly  handled  by the  Parties  via the Meet Point
Arrangement.  Each Party  reserves  the right to charge the other  Party for the
recording/processing  functions  it performs  pursuant to Appendix  Recording or
nondiscriminatory  terms  and  conditions.  Information  shall be  exchanged  in
Exchange  Message  Record  (EMR)  format,  on magnetic  medium or via a mutually
acceptable electronic file transfer protocol.

                           5.6.6 Initially, billing  to IXCs  for  the  Switched
Access Services  jointly provided by the parties via the MPB arrangement will be
according to the multiple bill single tariff  method,  as described in the MECAB

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 21 of 45


document.  Each Party will render a bill to the IXC in  accordance  with its own
tariff for that portion of the service it provides. Each Party will bill its own
network  access  service rates to the IXC. The residual  interconnection  charge
(RIC), if any, will be billed by the Party providing the End Office function.

                           5.6.7  Meet-Point  Billing  shall  also  apply to all
jointly  provided  MOU traffic  bearing the 900,  800, and 888 NPAs or any other
non-geographic  NPAs which may  likewise be  designated  for such traffic in the
future where the responsible party is an IXC. For 800 database queries performed
by SWBT,  SWBT will charge the provider of the  Signaling  Service Point for the
database  query in  accordance  with  standard  industry  practices and at rates
included in the attached Appendices.

                           5.6.8 Each  Party shall coordinate and  exchange  the
billing account reference  ("BAR") and billing account cross reference  ("BACR")
numbers for the Meet Point Billing service. Each Party shall notify the other if
the level of billing  or other  BAR/BACR  elements  change,  resulting  in a new
BAR/BACR number.

                           5.6.9  Each  Party  will  provide  the other with the
Exchange  Access  detailed  usage data within thirty (30) days of the end of the
billing period. SWBT will perform assembly and editing,  messages processing and
provision of Access Usage Records in accordance with Appendix  Recording,  which
is attached hereto and  incorporated  herein by this reference.  Each Party will
provide to the other the Exchange  Access  Summary Usage Records within ten (10)
working  days after the date that a bill is  rendered  to the IXC by the initial
Party.  The Parties reserve the right to charge for such data and will negotiate
mutual and reciprocal charges.

                           5.6.10  Errors  in  information  transmission  and/or
billing may be discovered by CLEC, the IXC or SWBT.  Both SWBT and CLEC agree to
provide the other Party with  notification  of any discovered  errors within two
(2) business days of the discovery.

                           5.6.11 In the event of a loss of data,  both  Parties
shall  cooperate  to  reconstruct  the  lost  data  within  sixty  (60)  days of
notification  and  if  such  reconstruction  is not  possible,  shall  accept  a
reasonable  estimate of the lost data, based upon an extrapolation  from no more
than three (3) to twelve (12) months of prior usage data, if available.

                    5.7  Billing  Arrangements  for Compensation for Termination
                         of IntraLATA, Local, Transit, and Optional Calling Area
                         Traffic

                         5.7.1 Other than for traffic  described in  Section 5.6
above,  each Party shall deliver monthly  settlement  statements for terminating
the other Party's traffic based on a mutually agreed schedule as follows:

     For billing purposes,  each Party shall,  unless otherwise agreed, pass the
originating  call  record for the  recording,  record  exchange  and  billing of
traffic using the  guidelines as set forth in the Technical  Exhibit  Settlement
Procedures (TESP), provided by SWBT to CLEC.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 22 of 45


          (a) Where CLEC has direct/high  usage trunks to a SWBT end office with
     overflow  trunking  through a SWBT tandem,  billing for the Tandem  Traffic
     will be calculated as follows:

          total originating MOUs to SWBT's end office recorded by CLEC

          less direct end office terminating MOUs recorded by SWBT

          equals total MOUs to be compensated as Tandem traffic

          (b) Where  CLEC has  direct/high  usage  trunks to a third  party with
     overflow  trunking  through  a SWBT  tandem,  CLEC must  differentiate  the
     originating  MOU records for the Parties to ascertain  how many MOUs should
     be compensated as Transit Traffic.  If CLEC is unable to differentiate  the
     originating MOU records,  the Parties shall mutually agree upon a surrogate
     method for calculating the basis for Transit Traffic charges owed to SWBT.

               5.7.1.1  On  a  monthly   basis,   each  Party  will  record  its
originating MOU including  identification of the originating and terminating NXX
for all intercompany calls.

               5.7.1.2 Each Party will transmit the summarized  originating  MOU
from  Section  5.7.1.1  above to the  transiting  and/or  terminating  Party for
subsequent monthly intercompany settlement billing.

               5.7.1.3  Bills  rendered  by either  Party will be paid within 30
days of receipt subject to subsequent audit verification.

               5.7.1.4 Detailed technical  descriptions and requirements for the
recording,  record exchange and billing of traffic are included in the Technical
Exhibit Settlement  Procedures (TESP), a copy of which has been provided to CLEC
by SWBT.

     5.7.2 MOUs for the rates  contained  herein  will be measured in seconds by
call type,  accumulated  each billing period into an aggregate number of seconds
and  rounded to the  nearest  one  minute  increment  for  billing  purposes  in
accordance with 5.3.3.3.

     5.7.3 Each  Party will  multiply  the tandem  routed and end office  routed
terminating MOUs by the appropriate rate contained in the attached Appendices to
determine the total monthly billing to each Party.

     5.7.4 If the percentage of calls passed by either Party with CPN is greater
than ninety percent (90%),  all calls exchanged  without CPN information will be
billed as either Local Traffic or IntraLATA Toll Traffic in direct proportion to
the  minutes  of use  (MOU) of calls  exchanged  with  CPN  information.  If the
percentage  of calls passed with CPN is less than 90%, all calls passed  without
CPN will be billed as IntraLATA Toll Traffic.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 23 of 45


6.0      TRANSMISSION AND ROUTING OF EXCHANGE ACCESS TRAFFIC PURSUANT TO
         251(c)(2)

         6.1      Scope of Traffic

         Section 6.0  prescribes  parameters  for certain trunk groups  ("Access
Toll Connecting Trunks") to be established over the  Interconnections  specified
in Section  4.0 for the  transmission  and routing of  Exchange  Access  traffic
between  CLEC  Telephone  Exchange  Service end users and IXCs via a SWBT access
tandem.

         6.2      Trunk Group Architecture and Traffic Routing

                  6.2.1 The Parties  shall,  as mutually  agreed  upon,  jointly
establish  Access Toll Connecting  Trunks as described in Appendix ITR, by which
they will jointly provide  tandem-transported  Switched Exchange Access Services
to IXCs to  enable  SWBT and CLEC end users to  originate  and  receive  traffic
to/from such IXCs.

                  6.2.2 Access Toll  Connecting  Trunks shall be used solely for
the transmission  and routing of Switched  Exchange Access to allow CLEC or SWBT
end users to originate and terminate traffic to/from any IXCs which is connected
to the other's  Access  Tandem.  In addition,  the trunks shall be used to allow
CLEC's or SWBT's end users to connect to, or be  connected  to, the 800 Services
of any Telecommunications Carrier connected to the other Party's Access Tandem.

7.0      TRANSPORT AND TERMINATION OF OTHER TYPES OF TRAFFIC

         7.1      Information Services Traffic

                  7.1.1  At such  time  as the  Parties  shall  agree  to  route
intraLATA  Information  Services  Traffic to one  another,  they shall  agree to
exchange rating and billing information to effectively allow the Parties to bill
their end users and to charge reciprocal rates.

         7.2      Line Status Verification (LSV)/Busy Line Interrupt (BLI)
Traffic

                  7.2.1 Each  Party's  operator  bureau shall accept LSV and BLI
inquiries  from  the  operator  bureau  of the  other  Party  in  order to allow
transparent provision of LSV/BLI Traffic between the Parties' networks. Only one
LSV attempt will be made per end user operator  bureau call,  and the applicable
charge shall apply  whether or not the line is busy at the time of  verification
and if the called party releases the line. Only one BLI attempt will be made per
end user operator  telephone call, and the applicable charge shall apply whether
or not the called party releases the line.

                  7.2.2 Each Party shall route LSV/BLI Traffic inquiries between
the Parties' respective operator bureaus over trunks described in Appendix ITR.

                  7.2.3 Each Party shall  compensate the other Party for LSV/BLI
Traffic as set forth in the Appendix OS.


<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 24 of 45


7.3      Wireless Traffic

                  7.3.1  Appendix  Wireless sets forth the terms and  conditions
under which the Parties will  distribute  revenue from their joint  provision of
Wireless  Interconnection  Service  for mobile to landline  traffic  terminating
through the Parties'  respective  wireline  switching networks within a LATA. If
either  Party enters into an  interconnection  agreement  with a CMRS  provider,
Appendix Wireless shall no longer be applicable between the Parties with respect
to such CMRS providers.

                  7.3.2 SWBT will apply the Local  Transit  Traffic rate to CLEC
for calls that originate on CLEC's network and are sent to SWBT for  termination
to a CMRS  Provider  as long as  such  Traffic  can be  identified  as  wireless
traffic.  CLEC will apply the Local Transit  Traffic rate to SWBT for such calls
that  originate  on SWBT's  network  and are sent  through  CLEC's  network  for
termination on a CMRS  Provider's  network.  Each Party shall be responsible for
interconnection  agreements  with CMRS  providers for  terminating  compensation
regarding traffic originating on the Party's network and terminating on the CMRS
provider's  network.  The  originating  Party agrees to indemnify the transiting
Party  for any  claims  of  compensation  that may be made by the CMRS  provider
against the transiting Party regarding compensation for such traffic.

                  7.3.3 When  traffic is  originated  by either  Party to a CMRS
Provider, and the traffic cannot be specifically  identified as wireless traffic
for purposes of compensation between SWBT and CLEC, the traffic will be treated,
in comport with its origination and  termination,  as either Local or Access and
the appropriate compensation rate will apply.

         7.4      911 Service

                  7.4.1 Pursuant to Section  271(c)(2)(B)(vii)  of the Act, SWBT
will make nondiscriminatory  access to 911 service available under the terms and
conditions of Appendix 911, attached hereto and incorporated by reference.

                  7.4.2 CLEC shall route 911 traffic over trunks as described in
Appendix ITR.

8.0      SIGNALING

         The SWBT signaling publications that describe the practices, procedures
and  specifications  generally  utilized by SWBT for signaling  purposes and are
listed in Appendix TP which is attached hereto and incorporated  herein.  Copies
of these publications have been provided to CLEC.

         8.1  The  Parties  will  cooperate  on the  exchange  of  Transactional
Capabilities Application Part (TCAP) messages to facilitate  interoperability of
CCS-based  features  between  their  respective  networks,  including  all CLASS
features  and  functions,  to the extent  each Party  offers such  features  and
functions  to its end  users.  All CCS  signaling  parameters  will be  provided
including,  without  limitation,  calling party number (CPN),  originating  line
information (OLI), calling party category and charge number.


<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 25 of 45

9.0      NUMBERING

         9.1 Nothing in this Agreement  shall be construed to limit or otherwise
adversely  impact in any manner either Party's right to employ or to request and
be assigned any NANP number  resources  including,  but not limited to,  central
office (NXX) codes pursuant to the Central Office Code  Assignment  Guidelines1,
or  to  establish,   by  tariff  or  otherwise,   Exchanges  and  Rating  Points
corresponding to such NXX codes. Each Party is responsible for administering the
NXX codes assigned to it.

         9.2 At a minimum, in those Exchange Areas where CLEC intends to provide
local  exchange  service,  CLEC shall  obtain a separate  NXX code for each SWBT
exchange  wherein CLEC intends to offer  service to end users.  This will enable
CLEC and SWBT to identify the jurisdictional  nature of traffic for intercompany
compensation  until  such time as both  Parties  have  implemented  billing  and
routing capabilities to determine traffic jurisdiction on a basis other than NXX
codes.

         9.3 Each  Party  agrees  to make  available  to the  other,  up-to-date
listings of its own assigned NPA-NXX codes,  along with associated Rating Points
and Exchanges.

         9.4 To the extent SWBT serves as Central Office Code  Administrator for
a given  region,  SWBT will work  with CLEC in a neutral  and  nondiscriminatory
manner,  consistent with regulatory  requirements,  in regard to CLEC's requests
for assignment of central office code(s) (NXX)  consistent with the Bellcore (or
the  succeeding   organization  assuming  this  function)  Central  Office  Code
Assignment Guidelines.

         9.5 Each Party is  responsible  to program and update its own  switches
and network systems to recognize and route traffic to the other Party's assigned
NXX codes at all times.  Neither Party shall impose fees or charges on the other
Party for such required programming and updating activities.

         9.6 Each Party is  responsible  to input required data into the Routing
Data Base  Systems  (RDBS)  and into the  Bellcore  Rating  Administrative  Data
Systems  (BRADS) or other  appropriate  system(s)  necessary to update the Local
Exchange Routing Guide (LERG), unless negotiated otherwise.

         9.7 Neither Party is  responsible  for notifying the other Parties' end
users  of any  changes  in  dialing  arrangements,  including  those  due to NPA
exhaust, unless otherwise ordered by the Commission, the FCC, or a court.

         9.8 NXX Migration

         Where either  Party has  activated an entire NXX for a single end user,
or activated  more than half of an NXX for a single end user with the  remaining
numbers in that NXX either reserved for future use or otherwise  unused, if such

- ------------------
1    Last published by the Industry Numbering Committee ("INC") as
INC 95-0407-008, Revision 4/7/95, formerly ICCF 93-0729-010.


<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 26 of 45

end user chooses to receive service from the other Party,  the first Party shall
cooperate  with the second Party to have the entire NXX  reassigned  in the LERG
(and  associated  industry  databases,  routing  tables,  etc.) to an End Office
operated by the second  Party.  Such  transfer  will  require  development  of a
transition  process,  to minimize  impact on the Network and on the end user(s)'
service and will be subject to  appropriate  industry  lead times  (currently 45
days) for  movements  of NXXs from one switch to another.  The Party to whom the
NXX is migrated will pay NXX migration charges of $10,000 per NXX.


10.0     RESALE -- SECTIONS 251(c)(4) and 251(b)(1)

         10.1     Availability of Retail Telecommunications Services

         SWBT  shall   offer  to  CLEC  for  resale  at   wholesale   rates  its
Telecommunications  Services, as described and in comport with Section 251(c)(4)
of the Act,  pursuant  to the terms and  conditions  of the  Appendix,  "Resale"
attached  hereto,  which are intended to comport with and be subject to the Act,
and incorporated herein by this reference.

         10.2     Availability of Retail Telecommunication Services for Resale

         CLEC shall make available its Telecommunications Services for resale at
rates to SWBT in accordance with Section 251(b)(1) of the Act.

11.0     UNBUNDLED NETWORK ELEMENTS - SECTIONS 251(c)(3), 271(c)(2)(B) (II),
         (IV),(V),(VI),(X)

         SWBT shall  provide CLEC access to unbundled  network  elements for the
provision of a  telecommunication  service as described in Section  251(c)(3) of
the Act,  pursuant to the terms and  conditions of the Appendix,  "UNE" which is
intended to be  subjected  to and in comport  with the Act and the  Commissions'
Orders, is attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.

12.0     NOTICE OF CHANGES -- SECTION 251(c)(5)

          Nothing  in this  Agreement  shall  limit  either  Party's  ability to
upgrade its network through the incorporation of new equipment,  new software or
otherwise.  If a Party  makes a change in its  network  which it  believes  will
materially affect the  interoperability of its network with the other Party, the
Party making the change shall provide at least ninety (90) days advance  written
notice of such change to the other  Party.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  if
either Party  establishes  additional  tandems in an exchange  area in which the
other Party offers  local  exchange  service,  that Party will provide the other
Party  with not less  than 180  days'  advance  notification  of same,  and with
greater  notification  when  practicable.   Both  Parties  agree  to  coordinate
interconnection  matters  consistent with the requirements of the Americans with
Disabilities Act (42 U.S.C.  12101) and with Sections 255 and 256 of the Act. In
addition,  the Parties will comply with the Network  Disclosure rules adopted by
the FCC in CC Docket No. 96-98,  Second Report and Order, as may be amended from
time to time. The Party  upgrading its network shall be solely  responsible  for
the cost and effort of accommodating such changes in its own network.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 27 of 45


13.0     COLLOCATION -- SECTION 251(c)(6)

         13.1 SWBT shall provide to CLEC facilities for the Physical Collocation
of  equipment  necessary  for  Interconnection  (pursuant to Section 4.0 of this
Agreement),   access  to  Network  Elements  on  an  unbundled  basis,  or  once
collocated,  connection to the networks of third  parties,  except that SWBT may
provide for Virtual Collocation to achieve the same ends if SWBT demonstrates to
the Commission that Physical  Collocation is not practical for technical reasons
or because of space  limitations,  as provided in Section  251(c)(6) of the Act.
SWBT shall provide such  Collocation for the purpose of network  Interconnection
or access  to  Network  Elements  on an  unbundled  basis,  except as  otherwise
mutually  agreed to in writing by the  Parties or as  required by the FCC or the
appropriate Commission, subject to this Agreement.

         13.2 Except as otherwise  ordered by the  Commission  or the FCC, or as
mutually agreed to by CLEC and SWBT,  Physical or Virtual  Collocation  shall be
available  at a Central  Office  Switch  location  classified  as an end  office
location,  a serving wire  center,  a local,  sector,  or access  tandem  office
location,  a remote  node that serves as a rating  point for  special  access or
switched  access  transport,  or  other  locations  as  required  by the  Act or
Commissions' Order.

         13.3  Attached  hereto  as  Appendix  Collocation,   is  the  SWBT/CLEC
Collocation  agreement  which sets forth terms and  conditions  under which SWBT
shall provide  physical  collocation to CLEC in SWBT's Central central office in
Oklahoma  City.  Additionally,  Appendix  Collocation  is a generic  collocation
agreement  which  sets  forth the terms and  conditions  under  which SWBT shall
provide  physical  collocation to CLEC for all future  collocation  arrangements
between  the  Parties  during  the term of this  Agreement.  The prices and time
frames for any future  collocations  requested by CLEC will be  determined  on a
case-by-case  basis.  These  variables are indicated by underlining  (indicating
blanks) in the generic appendix.

14.0     NUMBER PORTABILITY -- SECTIONS 251(b)(2), 271(c)(2)(B)(xi)

         The Parties agree to provide  Interim Number  Portability  (INP) to one
another  pursuant to terms and  conditions  outlined in Appendix  PORT  attached
hereto and incorporated herein.

15.0     DIALING PARITY -- SECTION 251(b)(3) and 271(e)(2)

         15.1 The Parties shall  provide  Local Dialing  Parity to each other as
required under Section 251(b)(3) of the Act.

         15.2     SWBT shall provide IntraLATA Dialing Parity in accordance with
Section 271(e)(2) of the Act.

16.0     ACCESS TO RIGHTS-OF-WAY -- SECTION 251(b)(4)

         To the extent  required  by Section  251(b)(4)  of the Act,  each Party
shall  provide the other Party  access to the poles,  ducts,  rights-of-way  and
conduits  (including  riser  conduit)  it owns or controls  in  accordance  with
Section 224 of the Act on the terms, conditions and prices set forth in Appendix
Poles, Conduits and Rights-of-Way to this Agreement.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 28 of 45



17.0     DATABASE ACCESS

         In accordance with Section 271 of the Act and Appendices UNE, 800, LIDB
Validation,   AIN,   LIDB,   CNAM,   and  OSS,  SWBT  shall  provide  CLEC  with
nondiscriminatory  access to databases and  associated  signaling  necessary for
call routing and completion.  When requesting  access to databases not otherwise
provided for in this Agreement, or appropriate interfaces, regardless of whether
they constitute  unbundled Network  Elements,  CLEC will use the Network Element
Bona Fide Request process.

18.0     COORDINATED SERVICE CALLS

         18.1 Referral Announcement.  The Party formerly providing service to an
end user shall provide a Basic Referral  announcement,  reciprocally and free of
charge on the abandoned  telephone number.  The announcement will state that the
called number has been  disconnected  or changed and will provide the end user's
new telephone number if it is listed.

                  (a) Basic Intercept Referral  Announcements are to be provided
on residential  numbers for the same period of time that a Party provides to its
own end users, but at a minimum, for thirty (30) days where facilities exist and
the threat of telephone number exhaustion is not imminent.

                  Basic  Intercept  Referral  Announcements  for a  single  line
business  end  user  and  the  primary  listed  telephone  number  for  DID  and
"Centrex-type"  end users,  shall be available for a minimum of thirty (30) days
or the life of the White Pages directory, whichever is greater. If the threat of
telephone number  exhaustion  becomes imminent for a particular  Central Office,
the service  provider may reissue a disconnected  number prior to the expiration
of the  directory,  for the same period of time that a Party provides to its own
end users,  but no earlier than thirty (30) days after the  disconnection of the
business telephone number.

         18.2     Coordinated   Repair  Calls.  The  Parties  will   employ  the
following procedures for handling misdirected repair calls:

         (a)      The Parties  will  inform  their  respective  end users of the
                  correct  telephone  numbers to call to access their respective
                  repair bureaus.

         (b)      To  the  extent  the  correct   provider  can  be  determined,
                  misdirected  repair  calls  will  be  referred  to the  proper
                  provider of local exchange service in a courteous  manner,  at
                  no  charge,  and the end user  will be  provided  the  correct
                  contact telephone number.

                  In responding to misdirected repair calls, neither Party shall
                  make disparaging  remarks about each other, nor shall they use
                  these repair  calls as the basis for internal  referrals or to
                  solicit  customers  or to  market  services,  nor  shall  they
                  initiate extraneous  communications beyond the direct referral
                  to the correct repair telephone number.

         (c)      The Parties  will  provide  their  respective  repair  contact
                  numbers to one another on a reciprocal basis.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 29 of 45

19.0     OTHER SERVICES 271(c)(2)(vii), 271(c)(2)(B)(viii)

         19.1 White Pages. In accordance  with Section  271(c)(2)(B) of the Act,
SWBT will make  nondiscriminatory  access to White Pages service available under
the terms and conditions of the Appendix "WP",  attached hereto and incorporated
by reference.

         19.2 Calling Name Information.  The Parties shall provide,  on mutually
agreeable  and  reciprocal  terms,  each  other  with  access  to  Calling  Name
information of their  respective end users whenever one Party  initiates a query
from a  Signaling  System  Point  for such  information  associated  with a call
terminating to an end user who subscribes to a calling name service.

         19.3  Billing/Collecting/Remitting.  The Parties will jointly  agree to
terms and conditions for Billing, Collecting and Remitting for alternated billed
local  message  as  described  in  the  Appendix  "BCR",   attached  hereto  and
incorporated by reference.

         19.4  911 Service.  Pursuant to Section  271(c)(2)(B)(vii)  of the Act,
SWBT will make nondiscriminatory access to 911 service available under the terms
and conditions of Appendix 911,  attached hereto and  incorporated by reference.
CLEC shall route 911 traffic over trunks as described in the Appendix "ITR".

         19.5 Directory  Assistance (DA). Pursuant to Section  271(c)(B)(vii) of
the Act,  SWBT will provide  nondiscriminatory  access to DA services  under the
terms and conditions  identified in the Appendix "DA",  which is attached hereto
and make a part hereof.

         19.6 Direct Access  (DIRECT).  Pursuant to the Act and the Commissions'
Orders,  SWBT will  provide  nondiscriminatory  access to  published  subscriber
listing information  contained in SWBT's Directory  Assistance DA Database under
the terms and conditions identified in the Appendix, "DIRECT", which is attached
hereto and made a part hereof.

         19.7  Operator  Services.   At  CLEC's  request,   SWBT  shall  provide
nondiscriminatory  access to Operator  Services  under the terms and  conditions
identified in the Appendix "OS" which is attached hereto and make a part hereof.

         19.8  Clearinghouse  Services.  To the extent  requested by CLEC,  SWBT
shall  provide for the tracking of message  revenues  from  certain  messages to
facilitate  the  transfer  of revenues  between the billing  company the earning
company  through the  Clearinghouse  Services  provided by SWBT  pursuant to the
terms and conditions in the Appendix "CH",  which is attached  hereto and made a
part hereof.

         19.9  Hosting.   At  CLEC's   request,   SWBT  shall  perform   hosting
responsibilities  for the provision of billable message data and/or access usage
data received  from CLEC for  distribution  to the  appropriate  billing  and/or
processing  location or for  delivery  to CLEC of such data via SWBT's  internal
network or the nationwide CMDS network pursuant to the Appendix "HOST", which is
attached hereto and made a part hereof.


<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 30 of 45

         19.10  Recording.  At CLEC's  request,  SWBT  shall  perform  recording
functionality for CLEC pursuant to the Appendix  "RECORDING",  which is attached
hereto and made a part hereof.  These  functions  associated with recording will
include assembly and editing,  message  processing and provision of Access Usage
Record  (AURs).  These  records  will be  generated  by  SWBT  and  provided  to
CLECwithin the time frame agreed upon between the companies.

         19.11 Signaling System 7 Interconnection. At CLEC's request, SWBT shall
perform SS7  interconnection  services for CLEC pursuant to the Appendix  "SS7",
which is attached hereto and made a part hereof.

20.0     GENERAL RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PARTIES

         20.1 SWBT and CLEC shall each use  their best efforts to  meet the
Interconnection Activation Dates.

         20.2 Each  Party is  individually  responsible  to  provide  facilities
within its network that are necessary for routing, transporting,  measuring, and
billing  traffic from the other Party's  network and for delivering such traffic
to the other  Party's  network in the  standard  format  compatible  with SWBT's
network as  referenced  in  Bellcore's  BOC Notes on LEC  Networks  Practice No.
SR-TSV-002275,  and to terminate the traffic it receives in that standard format
to the proper  address on its network.  The Parties are each solely  responsible
for  participation in and compliance with national network plans,  including the
National Network Security Plan and the Emergency Preparedness Plan.

         20.3  Each  Party  shall,  unless  otherwise  agreed,   adhere  to  the
requirements for the recording,  record  exchange,  and billing of traffic using
the  guidelines  as set forth in the  Technical  Exhibit  Settlement  Procedures
(TESP),  previously  provided  by  SWBT to  CLEC.  Reference  to this  technical
publication is included in Appendix TP which is attached hereto and incorporated
herein by reference.

         20.4 Neither  Party shall use any service  related to or use any of the
services or elements  provided in this  Agreement in any manner that  interferes
with other  persons in the use of their  service,  prevents  other  persons from
using  their  service,  or  otherwise  impairs  the  quality of service to other
carriers or to either  Party's end users,  and either Party may  discontinue  or
refuse  service,  but only for so long as the  other  Party  is  violating  this
provision.  Upon such  violation,  either  Party  shall  provide the other Party
notice of the violation at the earliest practicable time.

         20.5 Each Party is solely  responsible  for the services it provides to
its end users and to other Telecommunications Carriers.

         20.6 The Parties shall work  cooperatively to minimize fraud associated
with  third-number  billed  calls,  calling card calls,  and any other  services
related to this Agreement.

         20.7 At all times during the term of this  Agreement,  each Party shall
keep and maintain in force at each Party's expense all insurance required by law
(e.g.  workers'  compensation  insurance) as well as general liability insurance
for personal injury or death to any one person,  property damage  resulting from
any one  incident,  automobile  liability  with  coverage for bodily  injury for
property damage.  Upon request from the other Party, each Party shall provide to



<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 31 of 45

the other Party  evidence  of such  insurance  (which may be provided  through a
program of self insurance,  in which case bonds,  letters of credit,  or escrows
will be established in comport with mutual agreement).

         20.8 In addition to its indemnity  obligations under Section 26.0, each
Party shall provide, in its tariffs and contracts with its end users that relate
to any Telecommunications Service provided or contemplated under this Agreement,
that in no case  shall such Party or any of its  agents,  contractors  or others
retained  by such  parties be liable to any end user or third  party for (i) any
Loss relating to or arising out of this Agreement,  whether in contract or tort,
that  exceeds the amount such Party would have charged the  applicable  end user
for the  service(s)  or  function(s)  that gave rise to such Loss,  and (ii) any
Consequential Damages (as defined in Section 26.3 below).

         20.9 Unless otherwise stated,  each Party will render a monthly bill to
the other for  service(s)  provided  hereunder.  Remittance  in full will be due
within  thirty (30) days of that billing date.  Interest  shall apply on overdue
amounts (other than Disputed  Amounts which are subject to Section 28.12) at the
rate specified in Section  28.12,  unless  otherwise  specified in an applicable
tariff.  Each Party reserves the right to net delinquent amounts against amounts
otherwise due the other.

         20.10 SWBT is participating  with the industry to develop  standardized
methods   through   the  OBF  and   shall   implement   ordering   and   billing
formats/processes  consistent  with  industry  guidelines  as  capabilities  are
deployed.  Where such  guidelines  are not available SWBT will provide CLEC with
information on its ordering and billing  format/process  and requirements at the
earliest practicable time.

21.0     EFFECTIVE DATE, TERM, AND TERMINATION

         21.1 This  Agreement  shall be  effective  not later than ten (10) days
after  approval  by the  Oklahoma  Commission  when it has  determined  that the
Agreement complies with Sections 251 and 252 of the Act ("Effective Date").

         21.2 The terms of the  Agreement  will  commence  upon  approval by the
Oklahoma Corporation  Commission and will expire on August 1, 2000 (the "Term").
Absent the receipt by one Party of written  notice from the other Party at least
sixty (60) days  prior to the  expiration  of the Term to the  effect  that such
Party does not intend to extend the Term of this Agreement, this Agreement shall
automatically  renew  and  remain  in full  force  and  effect  on and after the
expiration  of the Term until  terminated  by either  Party  pursuant to Section
21.4.

         21.3 Either Party may  terminate  this  Agreement in the event that the
other Party fails to perform a material  obligation  that disrupts the operation
of  either  Party's  network  and/or  end user  service  and  fails to cure such
material  nonperformance  within  forty-five  (45)  days  after  written  notice
thereof.

         21.4 If pursuant to Section 21.2 this Agreement continues in full force
and effect after the  expiration of the Term,  either Party may  terminate  this


<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 32 of 45

Agreement one hundred eighty (180) days after  delivering  written notice to the
other Party of its  intention to terminate  this  Agreement,  subject to Section
21.5.  Neither Party shall have any liability to the other Party for termination
of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 21.4 other than its obligations under
Section 21.5.

         21.5 Upon  termination  or expiration  of this  Agreement in accordance
with this Section 21.0:

                  (a)      each Party shall promptly pay all amounts  (including
                           any late payment  charges) owed under this Agreement;
                           and

                  (b)      each Party 's indemnification obligations shall
                           survive.

Upon expiration or termination the Parties will negotiate a successor agreement;
during such period,  each Party shall  continue to perform its  obligations  and
provide the services  described  herein that are to be included in the successor
agreement until such time as the latter agreement  becomes  effective;  provided
however, that if the Parties are unable to reach agreement within six (6) months
after termination or expiration of this Agreement, either Party has the right to
submit this matter to the Commission for resolution.  Until a survivor agreement
is reached or the  Commission  resolves  the matter,  whichever  is sooner,  the
terms,  conditions,  rates,  and charges  stated  herein will continue to apply,
subject to a true-up based on the Commission action, if any.

         21.6 Except as specifically set forth in this Agreement,  no remedy set
forth  herein is intended to be  exclusive  and each and every  remedy  shall be
cumulative  and in addition to any other  rights or  remedies  now or  hereafter
existing under applicable law or otherwise.

22.0     DISCLAIMER OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY  PROVIDED UNDER THIS  AGREEMENT,  NO PARTY MAKES OR RECEIVES
ANY WARRANTY,  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED,  WITH RESPECT TO THE SERVICES,  FUNCTIONS AND
PRODUCTS IT PROVIDES  UNDER OR  CONTEMPLATED  BY THIS  AGREEMENT AND THE PARTIES
DISCLAIM  THE  IMPLIED  WARRANTIES  OF  MERCHANTABILITY  OR  OF  FITNESS  FOR  A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  ADDITIONALLY,  NEITHER SWBT NOR CLEC ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY
WITH REGARD TO THE CORRECTNESS OF DATA OR INFORMATION SUPPLIED BY THE OTHER WHEN
THIS DATA OR INFORMATION IS ACCESSED AND USED BY A THIRD PARTY.

23.0     SLAMMING

         Each  Party  will  abide by  applicable  state  commission  rules  when
obtaining end user  authorization to change an end user's local service provider
to itself and in assuming responsibility for any applicable charges.  Failure to
obtain end user  authorization  prior to changing  such end user's local service
provider shall be considered slamming. Only an end user can initiate a challenge
to a change in its local  exchange  telephone  service.  Each  Party  shall make
available proof of end user authorization upon request.

<PAGE>
                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 33 of 45

24.0     SEVERABILITY

         24.1 The   Parties    negotiated      the    services,    arrangements,
Interconnection,  terms and  conditions  of this  Agreement  by the Parties as a
total  arrangement and are intended to be nonseverable,  subject only to Section
24.2 of this Agreement.

         24.2 In the event  the  Commission,  the FCC,  or a court  rejects  any
portion or determines  that any provision of this  Agreement is contrary to law,
or is invalid or unenforceable for any reason,  the Parties shall continue to be
bound by the  terms of this  Agreement,  insofar  as  possible,  except  for the
portion rejected or determined to be unlawful,  invalid,  or  unenforceable.  In
such event,  the Parties shall  negotiate in good faith to replace the rejected,
unlawful,  invalid, or unenforceable provision and shall not discontinue service
to the other party during such period if to do so would disrupt existing service
being provided to an end user.  Nothing in this Agreement  shall be construed as
requiring or permitting either Party to contravene any mandatory  requirement of
federal or state law, or any regulations or orders adopted pursuant to such law.

25.0     LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         25.1 Except for indemnity  obligations under this Agreement,  or except
as otherwise  provided in specific  appendices,  each  Party's  liability to the
other  Party for any Loss  relating to or arising  out of any  negligent  act or
omission in its performance  under this Agreement,  whether in contract or tort,
shall not exceed in total the amount  SWBT or CLEC has to or would have  charged
the  other  Party  during  the year of the  negligent  act or  omission  for the
affected  service(s) or  function(s)  that were not performed or were  otherwise
improperly  performed.  Provided  however,  in no  event  shall  either  Party's
liability to the other for any act or omission under this  Agreement  exceed the
total dollar  amount of services  provided to or received by the liable Party in
the contract year.

         25.2 Except for Losses  alleged or made by an end user of either Party,
or except as otherwise provided in specific appendices,  in the case of any Loss
alleged  or made by a third  party  arising  under  the  negligence  or  willful
misconduct of both Parties, each Party shall bear, and its obligation under this
section shall be limited to, that portion (as mutually agreed to by the Parties)
of the resulting  expense caused by its own negligence or willful  misconduct or
that of its agents,  servants,  contractors,  or others acting in aid or concert
with it.

         25.3 In no event shall either Party have any  liability  whatsoever  to
the end users of the other Party for claims  arising  from the  provision of the
other Party's  service to its end user,  including  claims for  interruption  of
service, quality of service or billing disputes.

         25.4 In no event shall either Party have any  liability  whatsoever  to
the  other  Party  for any  indirect,  special,  consequential,  incidental,  or
punitive  damages,  including but not limited to loss of anticipated  profits or
revenues or other  economic  loss in  connection  with or arising from  anything
said, omitted or done hereunder (collectively  "Consequential Damages"), even if
the other Party has been advised of the  possibility  of such damages;  provided
however,  that the  foregoing  shall not limit a Party's  obligation  under this
Agreement to  indemnify,  defend and hold the other Party  harmless  against any
amounts payable to a third party for any Losses or Consequential Damages of such
third party.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 34 of 45



26.0     INDEMNIFICATION

         26.1 In no event shall either Party have any  liability  whatsoever  to
the end users of the other Party for claims  arising  from the  provision of the
other Party's  service to its end user,  including  claims for  interruption  of
service, quality of service or billing disputes.

         26.2 In no event shall either Party have any  liability  whatsoever  to
the  other  Party  for any  indirect,  special,  consequential,  incidental,  or
punitive  damages,  including but not limited to loss of anticipated  profits or
revenues or other  economic  loss in  connection  with or arising from  anything
said, omitted or done hereunder (collectively  "Consequential Damages"), even if
the other Party has been advised of the  possibility  of such damages;  provided
however,  that the  foregoing  shall not limit a Party's  obligation  under this
Agreement  to  indemnify  defend and hold the other Party  harmless  against any
amounts payable to a third party for any Losses or Consequential Damages of such
third party.

         26.3 In the case of any Loss  alleged  or made by an end user of either
Party, the Party whose end user alleged or made such Loss  (Indemnifying  Party)
shall defend and indemnify the other Party  (Indemnified  Party) against any and
all such claims or Loss by its end users  regardless  of whether the  underlying
service was provided or unbundled  element was  provisioned  by the  Indemnified
Party,  unless  the Loss was  caused  by the  gross  negligence  or  intentional
misconduct of the other (Indemnified) Party.

         26.4 Each Party shall be indemnified, defended and held harmless by the
other Party  against any Loss arising from a Party's use of services or elements
provided under this Agreement involving:

                  26.4.1  Tort  claims,  including  claims for  libel,  slander,
invasion of privacy,  or  infringement  of copyright  arising from a Party's own
communications or the communications of its end users; or

                  26.4.2  Claims for patent,  trademark,  infringement  or other
infringement or intellectual  property  rights,  arising from the Party's use of
services or unbundled elements provided under this Agreement.

         26.5 The  Indemnifying  Party agrees to defend any suit brought against
the  Indemnified  Party for any Loss  identified  in this  Section  or  specific
appendices.  The Indemnified Party agree to notify the Indemnifying  promptly in
writing of any written  claims,  lawsuits or demands for which the  Indemnifying
Party may be  responsible  under this  Agreement.  The  Indemnified  Party shall
cooperate in every  reasonable  way to  facilitate  defense or  settlement.  The
Indemnifying  Party  shall have the right to control and conduct the defense and
settlement of any action or claim subject to the consultation of the Indemnified
Party. The Indemnifying Party shall not be responsible for any settlement unless
the  Indemnifying  Party  approved  such  settlement in advance and agrees to be
bound by the settlement agreement.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 35 of 45

27.0     REGULATORY APPROVAL

         The Parties understand and agree that this Agreement will be filed with
the Commission  and may  thereafter be filed with the FCC. Each Party  covenants
and agrees to fully support  approval of this Agreement by the Commission or the
FCC under Section 252 of the Act without modification. Additionally, the Parties
agree that so long as SWBT fully  implements  the terms and  conditions  of this
Agreement, CLEC will not oppose SWBT's Section 271 (of the Act) application.

         CLEC  represents  that it is, or  intends  to  become,  a  provider  of
Telephone  Exchange  Service to  residential  and business  subscribers  offered
exclusively over its own Telephone  Exchange Service facilities or predominantly
over its own Telephone  Exchange Service  facilities in combination with the use
of unbundled  Network  Elements  purchased from another entity and the resale of
the Telecommunications Services of other carriers.

28.0     MISCELLANEOUS

         28.1     Authorization.

                  (a) SWBT is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and
in good standing  under the laws of the State of Missouri and has full power and
authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement and to perform the  obligations
hereunder.

                  (b) CLEC is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and
in good standing  under the laws of the State of Oklahoma and has full power and
authority to execute and deliver this  Agreement and to perform its  obligations
hereunder.


         28.2     Compliance and Certification.

                  28.2.1 Each Party shall  comply with all federal,  state,  and
local laws,  rules,  and regulations  applicable to its  performance  under this
Agreement.

                  28.2.2 Each Party  warrants that it has obtained all necessary
state  certification  required in those states in which it has ordered  services
from the other  Party  pursuant  to this  Agreement.  Upon  request by any state
governmental entity, each Party shall provide proof of certification.

                  28.2.3 Each Party  represents and warrants that any equipment,
facilities or services  provided to the other Party under this Agreement  comply
with the Communications Law Enforcement Act (CALEA).  Each Party shall indemnify
and hold the other Party  harmless from any and all  penalties  imposed upon the
other Party for such  noncompliance and shall at the non-compliant  Party's sole
cost and  expense,  modify or replace  any  equipment,  facilities  or  services
provided to the other Party under this Agreement to ensure that such  equipment,
facilities and services fully comply with CALEA.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 36 of 45


         28.3     Law Enforcement.

                  28.3.1 SWBT and CLEC shall handle law enforcement  requests as
                  follows:

         (a)      Intercept Devices:  Local and federal law enforcement agencies
                  periodically  request  information  or  assistance  from local
                  telephone  service  providers.  When either  Party  receives a
                  request  associated  with an end user of the other  Party,  it
                  shall  refer such  request to the Party that  serves  such end
                  user, unless the request directs the receiving Party to attach
                  a pen  register,  trap-and-trace  or form of  intercept on the
                  Party's facilities, in which case that Party shall comply with
                  any valid request.

         (b)      Subpoenas:  If a Party  receives  a subpoena  for  information
                  concerning  an end user the  Party  knows to be an end user of
                  the other Party, it shall refer the subpoena to the requesting
                  party  with  an  indication   that  the  other  Party  is  the
                  responsible company,  unless the subpoena requests records for
                  a period of time  during  which  the Party was the end  user's
                  service provider,  in which case the Party will respond to any
                  valid request.

         (c)      Emergencies:  If  a  Party  receives  a  request  from  a  law
                  enforcement  agency for  temporary  number  change,  temporary
                  disconnect,  or one-way  denial of  outbound  calls for an end
                  user of the other Party by the receiving Party's switch,  that
                  Party will comply with an valid  emergency  request.  However,
                  neither  Party  shall be held liable for any claims or damages
                  arising from  compliance  with such  requests on behalf of the
                  other  Party's  end user and the Party  serving  such end user
                  agrees to indemnify and hold the other Party harmless  against
                  any and all such claims.

         28.4  Independent  Contractor.  Each Party and each Party's  contractor
shall be solely  responsible  for the  withholding  or payment of all applicable
federal,  state and local income taxes,  social security taxes and other payroll
taxes with  respect to its  employees,  as well as any taxes,  contributions  or
other  obligations   imposed  by  applicable  state   unemployment  or  workers'
compensation  acts.  Each Party has sole authority and  responsibility  to hire,
fire and otherwise control its employees.

         28.5  Force  Majeure.  Neither  Party  shall be liable for any delay or
failure in  performance  of any part of this Agreement from any cause beyond its
control and without its fault or negligence including,  without limitation, acts
of  nature,  acts  of  civil  or  military  authority,  government  regulations,
embargoes,  epidemics, terrorist acts, riots, insurrections,  fires, explosions,
earthquakes, nuclear accidents, floods, work stoppages, equipment failure, cable
cuts, power blackouts,  volcanic action, other major environmental disturbances,
unusually severe weather conditions, inability to secure products or services of
other   persons  or   transportation   facilities   or  acts  or   omissions  of
transportation  carriers In such event,  the Party affected  shall,  upon giving
prompt  notice  to the other  Party,  be  excused  from  such  performance  on a
day-to-day basis to the extent of such  interference  (and the other Party shall
likewise be excused from  performance of its obligations on a day-for-day  basis



<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 37 of 45

to the extent such Party's  obligations related to the performance so interfered
with).  The  affected  Party  shall use its best  efforts to avoid or remove the
cause of nonperformance  and both Parties shall proceed to perform with dispatch
once the causes are removed or cease.

         28.6     Confidentiality.

                  28.6.1  All   information,   including   but  not  limited  to
specifications,   microfilm,   photocopies,   magnetic  disks,  magnetic  tapes,
drawings,  sketches,  models,  samples,  tools,  technical  information,   data,
employee records, maps, financial reports, and market data, (i) furnished by one
Party (the  "Disclosing  Party")  to the other  Party  (the  "Receiving  Party")
dealing   with   customer-specific,    facility-specific,    or   usage-specific
information,  other than customer  information  communicated  for the purpose of
publication or directory database  inclusion,  911, call processing,  billing or
settlement or as otherwise  mutually  agreed upon, or (ii) in written,  graphic,
electromagnetic,  or other  tangible  form and marked at the time of delivery as
"Confidential" or "Proprietary,"  or (iii)  communicated  orally and declared to
the Receiving  Party at the time of delivery,  or by written notice given to the
Receiving Party within ten (10) days after  declaration to be  "Confidential" or
"Proprietary"  (collectively  referred to as "Proprietary  Information"),  shall
remain the property of the Disclosing Party.

                  28.6.2 Upon request by the  Disclosing  Party,  the  Receiving
Party shall  return all  tangible  copies of  Proprietary  Information,  whether
written, graphic, or otherwise. In the event of the expiration or termination of
this Agreement for any reason  whatsoever,  each Party shall return to the other
Party or destroy all Proprietary  Information and other  documents,  work papers
and other material  (including all copies thereof) obtained from the other Party
in connection with this Agreement.

                  28.6.3 Each Party shall keep all the other Party's Proprietary
Information  confidential  in  the  same  manner  in  which  it  keeps  its  own
Proprietary   Information   confidential,   and  shall  use  the  other  Party's
Proprietary  Information  only for  performing  the  covenants  contained in the
Agreement  and  shall  disclose  such  Proprietary  Information  only  to  those
employees,  contractors,  agents or Affiliates who have a need to know.  Neither
Party shall use the other Party's Proprietary  Information for any other purpose
except upon such terms and  conditions as may be agreed upon between the Parties
in writing.

                  28.6.4   Unless   otherwise   agreed,   the   obligations   of
confidentiality  and  nonuse  set  forth in the  Agreement  do not apply to such
Proprietary Information as:

                  (i)      was at the  time  of  receipt  already  known  to the
                           receiving  Party  free of any  obligation  to keep it
                           confidential  evidenced by written  records  prepared
                           prior to delivery by the disclosing Party; or

                  (ii)     is or becomes publicly known through no  wrongful act
                           of the receiving Party; or

                  (iii)    is rightfully  received from a third person having no
                           direct  or   indirect   secrecy  or   confidentiality
                           obligation  to the  disclosing  Party with respect to
                           such information; or

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 38 of 45

                  (iv)     is independently developed by an employee,  agent, or
                           contractor of the receiving Party which individual is
                           not  involved  in any manner  with the  provision  of
                           services  pursuant to the Agreement and does not have
                           any  direct or  indirect  access  to the  Proprietary
                           Information; or

                  (v)      is disclosed to  a   third  person by  the disclosing
                           Party without  similar  restrictions  on  such  third
                           person's rights; or

                  (vi)     is approved  for release by written authorization  of
                           the disclosing Party; or

                  (vii)    is required to be made public by the Receiving  Party
                           pursuant to  applicable  law or  regulation  provided
                           that the receiving party shall provide the Disclosing
                           Party with written notice of such requirement as soon
                           as  possible  and   prior  to  such  disclosure.  The
                           Disclosing Party  may  then  either  seek appropriate
                           protective  relief    from  all   or  part  of   such
                           requirement or, if it fails to successfully do so, it
                           shall be deemed to have waived the Receiving  Party's
                           compliance with Section 29.6 with respect  to all  or
                           part of such requirement.  The Receiving  Party shall
                           use all commercially reasonable efforts to  cooperate
                           with the Disclosing Party in attempting to obtain any
                           protective relief which such Disclosing Party chooses
                           to obtain.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, SWBT shall
                           be entitled to disclose confidential information on a
                           confidential   basis   to  regulatory  agencies  upon
                           request for information as to SWBT's activities under
                           the Act.

                  28.6.5  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement,
the  Proprietary  Information  provisions of this  Agreement  shall apply to all
information furnished by either Party to the other in furtherance of the purpose
of this Agreement, even if furnished before the date of this Agreement.

                  28.6.6  Pursuant to Section  222(b) of the Act,  both  parties
agree to limit their use of Proprietary  Information  received from the other to
the permitted purposed identified in the Act.

         28.7  Governing Law. For all claims under this Agreement that are based
upon issues  within the  jurisdiction  (primary or  otherwise)  of the FCC,  the
exclusive  jurisdiction  and remedy for all such claims shall be as provided for
by the FCC and the Act. For all claims under this  Agreement that are based upon
issues within the  jurisdiction  (primary or otherwise) of the  Commission,  the
exclusive  jurisdiction for all such claims shall be with such  Commission,  and
the  exclusive  remedy  for  such  claims  shall  be as  provided  for  by  such
Commission.  In all other  respects,  this  Agreement  shall be  governed by the
domestic  laws of the state of  Oklahoma  without  reference  to conflict of law
provisions.

         28.8  Taxes.

                  28.8.1 Each Party purchasing  services  hereunder shall pay or
otherwise be responsible for all federal,  state, or local sales,  use,  excise,
gross receipts,  transaction or similar taxes, fees, or surcharges  (hereinafter

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 39 of 45

"Tax") levied against or upon such purchasing party (or the providing Party when
such  providing  Party  is  permitted  by  applicable  law to pass  along to the
purchasing party such taxes, fees, or surcharges),  except for any Tax on either
party's corporate existence, status, or income. Whenever possible, these amounts
shall be billed  as a  separate  item on the  invoice.  To the  extent a sale is
claimed to be for resale tax exemption,  the purchasing  party shall furnish the
providing  party a proper  resale tax  exemption  certificate  as  authorized or
required by statute or regulation by the jurisdiction  providing said resale tax
exemption.  Failure to timely provide said resale tax exemption certificate will
result in no exemption being  available to the purchasing  Party until such time
as the  purchasing  Party  presents  a valid  certification.  Failure  to timely
provide said resale tax exemption  certificate will result in no exemption being
available  to the  purchasing  Party  until  such time as the  purchasing  Party
presents a valid certificate.

                  28.8.2 With respect to any purchase of services, facilities or
other arrangements,  if any Tax is required or permitted by applicable law to be
collected  from  the  purchasing  party  by the  providing  party,  then (i) the
providing  party  shall  bill  the  purchasing  party  for  such  Tax,  (ii) the
purchasing  party  shall  remit  such Tax to the  providing  party and (iii) the
providing  party  shall  remit  such  collected  Tax  to the  applicable  taxing
authority.

                  28.8.3 With  respect to any  purchase  hereunder  of services,
facilities  or  arrangements  that are  resold to a third  party,  if any Tax is
imposed by applicable law on the end user in connection  with any such purchase,
then (i) the  purchasing  party shall be required to impose and/or  collect such
Tax from the end user and (ii) the purchasing  party shall remit such Tax to the
applicable taxing  authority.  The purchasing party agrees to indemnify and hold
harmless the providing party on an after-tax basis for any costs incurred by the
providing party as a result of actions taken by the applicable  taxing authority
to collect the Tax from the providing party due to the failure of the purchasing
party to pay or collect and remit such tax to such authority.

                  28.8.4 If the  providing  party  fails to  collect  any Tax as
required herein,  then, as between the providing party and the purchasing party,
(i) the purchasing  party shall remain liable for such  uncollected Tax and (ii)
the providing  party shall be liable for any penalty and interest  assessed with
respect to such  uncollected Tax by such authority.  However,  if the purchasing
party fails to pay any taxes  properly  billed,  then,  as between the providing
party and the purchasing party, the purchasing party will be solely  responsible
for payment of the taxes, penalty and interest.

                  If the purchasing party fails to impose and/or collect any Tax
from end users as required herein,  then, as between the providing party and the
purchasing  party, the purchasing party shall remain liable for such uncollected
Tax  and  any  interest  and  penalty  assessed  thereon  with  respect  to  the
uncollected Tax by the applicable taxing authority. With respect to any Tax that
the  purchasing  party has  agreed to pay or impose on and/or  collect  from end
users,  the purchasing party agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the providing
party on an after-tax  basis for any costs incurred by the providing  party as a
result of actions taken by the  applicable  taxing  authority to collect the Tax
from the providing  Party due to the failure of the  purchasing  party to pay or
collect and remit such Tax to such authority.

         28.9  Non-Assignment.  This  Agreement  shall  be  binding  upon  every
subsidiary of either Party that is engaged in providing  Telephone  Exchange and
Exchange  Access  services in any  territory  within  which SWBT is an Incumbent
Local Exchange  Carrier as of the date of this Agreement (the "SWBT  Territory")
and shall  continue  to be  binding  upon all such  entities  regardless  of any

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 40 of 45

subsequent change in their ownership.  Each Party covenants that, if it sells or
otherwise  transfers to a third party its Telephone Exchange and Exchange Access
network facilities within the SWBT Territory, or any portion thereof, to a third
party, it will require as a condition of such transfer that the transferee agree
to be bound  by this  Agreement  with  respect  to  services  provided  over the
transferred facilities.  Except as provided in this paragraph, neither Party may
assign or transfer (whether by operation of law or otherwise) this Agreement (or
any rights or obligations  hereunder) to a third party without the prior written
consent of the other Party;  provided that each Party may assign this  Agreement
to a  corporate  Affiliate  or an entity  under its common  control or an entity
acquiring all or  substantially  all of its assets or equity by providing prompt
written  notice to the other Party of such  assignment or transfer.  The Parties
agree  that such  consent  shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.  Any  attempted
assignment or transfer that is not permitted is void ab initio. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing,  this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall
inure to the benefit of the Parties' respective successors and assigns.

         28.10  Non-Waiver.  Failure of either Party to insist on performance of
any term or  condition  of this  Agreement or to exercise any right or privilege
hereunder  shall not be construed as a continuing or future waiver of such term,
condition, right or privilege.

         28.11 Audits.  Each Party to this Agreement will be responsible for the
accuracy  and  quality  of its  data  as  submitted  to the  respective  Parties
involved.  Where SS7 is  deployed,  each Party shall pass  Calling  Party Number
(CPN)  information  on each  call  carried  over the  Traffic  Exchange  trunks;
provided that so long as the percentage of calls passed with CPN is greater than
ninety percent  (90%),  all calls  exchanged  without CPN  information  shall be
billed as either Local Traffic or IntraLATA Toll Traffic in direct proportion to
the minutes of use of calls exchanged with CPN information. If the percentage of
calls passed with CPN is less than 90%,  all calls  passed  without CPN shall be
billed as IntraLATA Toll Traffic.

                  Upon  reasonable  written notice and at its own expense,  each
Party or its authorized representative (providing such authorized representative
does not have a conflict of interest  related to other matters before one of the
Parties)  shall have the right to  conduct  an audit of the other  Party to give
assurances of compliance with the provisions of this Agreement;  provided,  that
neither Party may request more than two (2) such audits within any  twelve-month
period.  This includes on-site audits at the other Party's or the Party's vendor
locations.  Each  Party,  whether  or not in  connection  with an  audit,  shall
maintain  reasonable  records  for a minimum of 24 months and  provide the other
Party with  reasonable  access to such  information as is necessary to determine
amounts receivable or payable under this Agreement. Each Party's right to access
information  for audit purposes is limited to data not in excess of 24 months in
age.

         28.12    Disputed Amounts.

                  28.12.1 No claims,  under this  Agreement  or its  Appendices,
shall be brought for disputed amounts more than twenty-four (24) months from the
date of occurrence which gives rise to the dispute. Under this Section 28.12, if
any  portion  of an amount  due to a Party  (the  "Billing  Party")  under  this
Agreement  is subject to a bona fide  dispute  between  the  Parties,  the Party
billed (the  "Non-Paying  Party") shall within sixty (60) days of its receipt of
the invoice  containing such disputed amount give notice to the Billing Party of
the  amounts it  disputes  ("Disputed  Amounts")  and include in such notice the
specific details and reasons for disputing each item. The Non-Paying Party shall

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 41 of 45
pay  when due (i) all  undisputed  amounts  to the  Billing  Party  and (ii) all
Disputed Amounts to Billing Party.

                  28.12.2  If the  Parties  are  unable to  resolve  the  issues
related to the Disputed  Amounts in the normal  course of business  within sixty
(60) days after delivery to the Billing Party of notice of the Disputed Amounts,
each of the Parties shall appoint a designated  representative who has authority
to  settle  the  dispute  and who is at a higher  level of  management  than the
persons with direct  responsibility  for  administration of this Agreement.  The
designated representatives shall meet as often as they reasonably deem necessary
in order to discuss  the  dispute  and  negotiate  in good faith in an effort to
resolve such dispute.

                  28.12.3 If the Parties are unable to resolve issues related to
the Disputed Amounts within forty-five (45) days after the Parties'  appointment
of designated representatives pursuant to Section 28.12.2, then either Party may
file a complaint  with the Commission to resolve such issues or proceed with any
other remedy pursuant to law or equity. The Commission may direct release of any
or all funds  (including  any  accrued  interest)  in the escrow  account,  plus
applicable late fees, to be paid to either Party.

                  28.12.4 The Parties  agree that all  negotiations  pursuant to
this Section 28.12 shall remain  confidential and shall be treated as compromise
and  settlement  negotiations  for purposes of the Federal Rules of Evidence and
state rules of evidence.

                  28.12.5 Any undisputed  amounts not paid when due shall accrue
interest  from the date  such  amounts  were  due at the  lesser  of (i) one and
one-half  percent (1 1/2%) per month or (ii) the highest  rate of interest  that
may be charged under applicable law.

         28.13    Dispute Resolution.

                  28.13.1 No claims shall be brought for disputes  arising under
this Agreement or its Appendices more than twenty-four (24) months from the date
of occurrence which gives rise to the dispute.

                  28.13.2 For disputes  other than  disputed  amounts under this
Agreement   or  its   Appendices,   each  Party  shall   appoint  a   designated
representative  as set forth in Section  28.12.2  and if unable to  resolve  the
dispute, proceed as set forth in Section 28.12.3.

         28.14 Notices.  Any notice to a Party required or permitted  under this
Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been  received on the
date of service if served  personally;  on the date receipt is  acknowledged  in
writing by the  recipient if delivered by regular mail; or on the date stated on
the receipt if delivered by certified or registered mail or by a courier service
that obtains a written receipt. Notice may also be provided by facsimile,  which
shall be effective on the next Business Day  following the date of  transmission
as reflected in the  facsimile  confirmation  sheet.  "Business  Day" shall mean
Monday  through  Friday,  SWBT/CLEC  holidays  excepted.  Any  notice  shall  be
delivered using one of the  alternatives  mentioned in this section and shall be
directed to the applicable address indicated below or such address as  the Party


<PAGE>


                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 42 of 45

to be notified has designated by giving notice in compliance  with this section,
except that notices to a Party's  24-hour  contact  number shall be by telephone
and/or  facsimile  and  shall  be  deemed  to have  been  received  on the  date
transmitted.

         To CLEC:          Fulltel Communications, Inc.
                           Timothy J. Kilkenny, President and CEO
                           837 Crestland
                           Bartlesville, OK 74006
                           918-971-1239 (Fax)

                           and copy to:

                           Rudolph J. Geist
                           Wilkes, Artis, Hedrick & Lane
                           1666 K Street, N.W., Suite 1100
                           Washington,  D.C.  20006
                           202-457-7814 (Fax)

         To SWBT:          Account Manager
                           Four Bell Plaza, 7th Floor
                           Dallas, TX  75202

24-Hour Network Management Contact
- ----------------------------------

                  For CLEC:
                  Engineering/Operations Manager
                  405-235-5688

                  For SWBT:
                  Area Manager-NSMC Control
                  1-800-792-2662

         28.15    Publicity and Use of Trademarks or Service Marks.

                  28.15.1 The  Parties  agree not to use in any  advertising  or
sales promotion,  press releases,  or other publicity  matters any endorsements,
direct or indirect quotes, or pictures  implying  endorsement by the other Party
or any of its employees without such Party's prior written approval. The Parties
will  submit to each  other for  written  approval,  prior to  publication,  all
publicity  matters  that mention or display one  another's  name and/or marks or
contain  language  from  which a  connection  to said name  and/or  marks may be
inferred  or  implied;  the Party to whom a request is  directed  shall  respond
promptly. Nothing herein, however, shall be construed as preventing either Party
from  publicly  stating the fact that it has executed  this  Agreement  with the
other Party.

                  28.15.2  Nothing in this Agreement  shall grant,  suggest,  or
imply any authority for one Party to use the name, trademarks, service marks, or
trade names of the other for commercial purposes without prior written approval.

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 43 of 45


         28.16  Section  252(i)  Obligations.  If either  Party  enters  into an
agreement (the "Other Agreement")  approved by the Commission or FCC pursuant to
Section  252 of the Act  (regardless  of  whether  the  approved  agreement  was
negotiated  or  arbitrated)  which  provides for the  provision of  arrangements
covered in this  Agreement  to another  requesting  Telecommunications  Carrier,
including an Affiliate,  such Party shall make available to the other Party such
arrangements upon the same rates,  terms and conditions as those provided in the
Other Agreement.  At its sole option, the other Party may avail itself of either
(i) the Other Agreement in its entirety or (ii) the prices, terms and conditions
of the Other Agreement that directly relate to any of the following  duties as a
whole:

          (1)  Interconnection - Section 251(c)(2) of the Act; or

          (2)  Exchange Access - Section 251(c)(2) of the Act; or

          (3)  Unbundling - Section 251(c)(3) of the Act; or

          (4)  Wireless Traffic (Section 7.4 of this Agreement); or

          (5)  Resale - Section 251(c)(4) of the Act (Appendix Resale); or

          (6)  Collocation - Section  251(c)(6) of the Act (Section 13.0 of this
               Agreement); or

          (7)  Number  Portability - Section  251(b)(2) of the Act (Section 14.0
               of this Agreement); or

          (8)  Database  Access - Section  271(c)(2)(B)(x)  of the Act  (Section
               17.0 of this Agreement); or

          (9)  Access to Rights of Way - Section  251(b)(4)  of the Act (Section
               16.0 of this Agreement); or

          (10) White  Pages - Section  271(c)(2)(B)(viii)  of the Act  (Appendix
               White Pages).

         In  addition  to any  rights  set forth  above,  CLEC at its option may
obtain any interconnection service or network element, at the same rates, terms,
and  conditions,  which  results  from an  arbitration  and is  contained  in an
approved  agreement.  However,  to the extent SWBT  appeals or  otherwise  seeks
modification   of  such   arbitration   results  in  a  manner  that  stays  the
effectiveness  of  that  approved  agreement,  then  the  results  will  not  be
considered effective until such time as the stay is lifted.

         In the event CLEC  exercises  its rights  under  this  Section,  it may
retain  provisions  within this  Agreement  that are  otherwise  specific to its
wireless technology.

         28.17 Joint Work Product.  This  Agreement is the joint work product of
the Parties and has been negotiated by the Parties and their respective  counsel
and shall be fairly  interpreted in accordance  with its terms and, in the event
of any ambiguities, no inferences shall be drawn against either Party.


<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 44 of 45

         28.18  Intervening  Law. This  Agreement is entered into as a result of
both private  negotiation  between the Parties and the  incorporation of some of
the  results of  arbitration  by the  Oklahoma  Corporation  Commission.  If the
actions of  Oklahoma  or  federal  legislative  bodies,  courts,  or  regulatory
agencies of competent jurisdiction  invalidate,  modify, or stay the enforcement
of laws or regulations that were the basis for a provision of the contract which
is reflective of the Arbitration Award approved by the Commission,  the affected
provision shall be invalidated, modified, or stayed as required by action of the
legislative body, court, or regulatory  agency. In such event, the Parties shall
expend diligent efforts to arrive at an agreement  respecting the  modifications
to the Agreement  required.  If negotiations fail,  disputes between the Parties
concerning the interpretation of the actions required or provisions  affected by
such governmental  actions shall be resolved pursuant to the dispute  resolution
process provided for in this Agreement. The invalidation,  stay, or modification
of the pricing  provisions  of the FCC's First Report and Order in CC Docket No.
96-98  (August 8, 1996) and the FCC's Order on  Reconsideration  (September  27,
1996) shall not be considered an invalidation,  stay, or modification  requiring
changes to provisions of the Agreement  required by the  Commission  Arbitration
Award,  in that the FCC's pricing  provisions  are not the basis for the costing
and pricing provisions of the Commission's Arbitration Award.

         28.19  No  Third  Party  Beneficiaries;   Disclaimer  of  Agency.  This
Agreement  is for the sole benefit of the Parties and their  permitted  assigns,
and nothing herein express or implied shall create or be construed to create any
third-party beneficiary rights hereunder. Except for provisions herein expressly
authorizing  a Party  to act  for  another,  nothing  in  this  Agreement  shall
constitute a Party as a legal  representative  or agent of the other Party,  nor
shall a Party  have the  right or  authority  to  assume,  create  or incur  any
liability or any obligation of any kind,  express or implied,  against or in the
name or on behalf of the other Party  unless  otherwise  expressly  permitted by
such other Party. Except as otherwise  expressly provided in this Agreement,  no
Party  undertakes  to  perform  any  obligation  of  the  other  Party,  whether
regulatory or contractual, or to assume any responsibility for the management of
the other Party's business.

         28.20 No License.  No license  under  patents,  copyrights or any other
intellectual  property  right (other than the limited  license to use consistent
with the terms,  conditions and  restrictions  of this  Agreement) is granted by
either  Party or shall be  implied  or arise by  estoppel  with  respect  to any
transactions contemplated under this Agreement.

         28.21 Survival.  The Parties' obligations under this Agreement which by
their nature are intended to continue  beyond the  termination  or expiration of
this Agreement shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

         28.22 Scope of  Agreement.  This  Agreement is intended to describe and
enable  specific  Interconnection  and  compensation  arrangements  between  the
Parties.  This Agreement does not obligate either Party to provide  arrangements
not specifically provided herein.

         28.23 Entire  Agreement.  The terms contained in this Agreement and any
Schedules,  Exhibits,  Appendices,  tariffs and other  documents or  instruments
referred  to  herein,  which  are  incorporated  into  this  Agreement  by  this
reference,  constitute the entire agreement  between the Parties with respect to
the subject matter hereof,  superseding all prior understandings,  proposals and

<PAGE>

                                               SWBT/FULLTEL COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                                                   Page 45 of 45

other  communications,  oral or  written.  Neither  Party  shall be bound by any
preprinted  terms  additional to or different  from those in this Agreement that
may appear  subsequently in the other Party's form documents,  purchase  orders,
quotations,  acknowledgments,  invoices or other communications.  This Agreement
may only be modified by a writing signed by an officer of each Party.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be executed as of this _____ day of _________________, 19____ .

Fulltel Communications, Inc.              *Southwestern Bell Telephone Company


By:                                       By:


Printed:                                  Printed:


Title:                                    Title:  President - Industry Markets
                                                  ----------------------------

AECN/OCN #_____________


* The Parties  acknowledge  that on January 25, 1999,  the United States Supreme
Court  issued its opinion in AT&T Corp.  v. Iowa  Utilities  Bd.,  1999 WL 24568
(U.S.). The Parties further  acknowledge and agree that neither party had a full
opportunity  to factor  that  decision  into the  Section  252(i)  adoption  and
preparation  of this  Agreement and that by executing  this  Agreement,  neither
Party  waives any of its rights,  remedies,  or  arguments  with respect to such
decision,  including  its  rights  under  the  intervening  law  clause  of this
Agreement,  and any  legal  or  equitable  rights  of  review  (including  court
reconsideration).




                                   EXHIBIT 6.2


                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT


         THIS STOCK  PURCHASE  AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement")  is made and entered
into this 26th day of March,  1998, by and among ROBERT L.  GRUENEWALD,  WILLIAM
TOOMBS  RICHARDSON,  JR.,  Trustee of the William  Toombs  Richardson,  Jr. 1995
Revocable  Trust dated May 25, 1995,  STEVE R.  BAILEY,  Trustee of the Steve R.
Bailey  Living Trust dated  October 28,  1994,  KEVIN  HACKLER,  JASON AYERS and
TRAVIS CHRISTOPHER LUX,  (hereinafter  sometimes  individually  referred to as a
"Seller" and hereinafter collectively,  jointly and severally referred to as the
"Sellers");  and FULLNET  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC.,  an Oklahoma  corporation  (the
"Purchaser").

                              EXPLANATORY STATMENT

         A.  The  Sellers  constitute  all of the  shareholders  and  all of the
directors of ANIMUS  COMMUNICATIONS,  INC. ("Company"),  an Oklahoma corporation
that is engaged in the  business  of  providing  Web Hosting  Services,  selling
computer equipment and providing configuration and maintenance thereof (the "Web
Services").

         B. The  Sellers  own of record and  beneficial]y  and in the  aggregate
6,000 shares of the $1.00 common stock (the "Common Stock") of the Company (such
6,000 shares of Common Stock shall be  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as
the "Sellers'  Shares").  The Sellers'  Shares  constitute all of the issued and
outstanding capital stock of the Company.

         C. The  Sellers  desire  to  sell,  assign,  transfer  and  deliver  to
Purchaser, and the Purchaser desires to purchase, all, but not less than all, of
the  Sellers  Shares on the  terms and  subject  to the  conditions  hereinafter
contained.

         NOW, THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of the  Explanatory Statement  that
shall  be  deemed  to be a  substantive  part  of  this  Agreement,  the  mutual
covenants, promises agreements, representations and warrantees contained in this
Agreement,   and  other  good  and  valuable  consideration,   the  receipt  and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged the parties hereby agree as follows:

         1.        Purchase and Sale of the Sellers Shares.

                    1.1.  Purchase  and Sale.  On the terms and  subject  to the
conditions set forth in this Agreement,  at the Closing on the Closing Date, the
Sellers shall each sell,  assign,  transfer and deliver to the Purchaser and the
Purchase  shall  purchase from each of the Sellers,  that number of the Sellers'
Shares as is set forth opposite the name of each of the Sellers as follows:


<PAGE>

                                                         Number of Sellers
                                                         Shares That Shall Be
          Sellers                                        Sold to Purchaser
          -------                                        -----------------
          Robert L. Gruenewald                                1,000

          William Toombs Richardson, Jr.,
          Trustee of the William Toombs
          Richardson, Jr. 1995 Revocable
          Trust Agreement dated the 25th
          day of May, 1995                                    1,000

          Steve R. Bailey, Trustee of the
          Steve R. Bailey Living Trust
          dated October 28,1994                               1,000
          Kevin Hackler                                       1,000
          Jason Ayers                                         1,000

         Travis Christopher Lux                               1,000
                                                             ------

          TOTAL SHARES                                        6,000
                                                             ======

                    1.2.    Purchase Price: Transfer of Securities.

                            1.2.1.  The total purchase  price that shall be paid
by Purchaser to the Sellers for the Sellers  Shares shall be Three Hundred Fifty
Thousand and no/100 Dollars ($350,000.00) (the "Purchase Price"), subject to the
following terms. Of that Purchase Price, One Hundred  Seventy-Five  Thousand and
no/100  Dollars  ($175,000.00)  shall be paid at the  Closing by bank  cashier's
check or by wire transfer  into bank  accounts to be designated by Sellers,  and
allocated among the Sellers as follows:

         Names                                            Consideration
         -----                                            -------------
         Robert L. Gruenewald                              $ 23,333.00

         William Toombs Richardson, Jr.,
         Trustee of the William Toombs
         Richardson, Jr. 1995 Revocable
         Trust Agreement dated the 25th
         day of May, 1995                                    40,834.00


                                       2

<PAGE>


         Steve R. Bailey, Trustee of the
         Steve R. Bailey Living Trust
         dated October 28, 1994                              40,834.00
         Kevin Hackler                                       23,333.00
         Jason Ayers                                         23,333.00

         Travis Christopher Lux                              23,333.00

         TOTAL                                            $ 175,000.00
                                                          ============

                          1.2.2. Fifty Thousand and no/100 Dollars  ($50,000.00)
of the Purchase  Price shall be paid six months from the date of Closing by bank
cashier's  check or wire  transfer to bank  accounts  designated  by Sellers and
allocated among the Sellers as follows:

         Name                                             Consideration
         ----                                             -------------
         William Toombs Richardson, Jr.
         Trustee of the William Toombs
         Richardson, Jr. 1995 Revocable
         Trust Agreement dated the 25th
         day of May, 1995                                 $ 14,583.00

         Steve R. Bailey, Trustee of the
         Steve R. Bailey Living Trust
         dated October 28, 1994                             14,583.00

         Robert L. Gruenewald                                5,208.50
         Kevin Hackler                                       5,208.50
         Jason Ayers                                         5,208.50
         Travis Christopher Lux                              5,208.50
                                                             --------

         TOTAL                                            $ 50,000.00
                                                          ===========

                          1.2.3. The remaining One Hundred Twenty-Five  Thousand
and  no/l00  Dollars  ($125,000.00)  of  the  Purchase  Price,  subject  to  the
provisions of paragraph 1.2.4.  hereof,  shall be paid on April 1, 1999, by bank
cashier's  check or funds wire  transferred  into  accounts  designated  to each
Seller and allocated among the Sellers as follows:




                                       3

<PAGE>



         Names                                            Consideration

         Robert L. Gruenewald                             $ 29,792.00

         William Toombs Richardson, Jr.,
         Trustee of the William Toombs
         Richardson, Jr. 1995 Revocable
         Trust Agreement dated the 25th
         day of May, 1995                                    2,916.00

         Steve R. Bailey, Trustee of the
         Steve R. Bailey Living Trust
         dated October 28, 1994                              2,916.00
         Kevin Hackler                                      29,792.00
         Jason Ayers                                        29,792.00

         Travis Christopher Lux                             29,792.00


         TOTAL                                            $125,000.00
                                                          ===========

                          1.2.4.  The final  payment of One Hundred  Twenty-Five
Thousand and no/100 Dollars  ($125,000.00)  may be adjusted  downward to reflect
the one year gross revenues  actually  produced by Company.  If Company's  gross
revenue  at the end of 12 months  of  operation  does not  equal or  exceed  the
purchase Price, i.e. $350,000.00, the final payment will be adjusted so that the
final  Purchase  Price is equal to the gross revenue  attributable  to Company's
business between April 1, 1998 and March 31, 1999. "Gross revenue" is defined as
total cash receipts  during the period April 1,1998 through March 31, 1999, plus
the accounts receivable on the books at March 31, 1999.

                          1.2.5.  At Closing,  the Sellers  shall deliver to the
Purchaser  stock  certificate  numbers 001,  004,  005, 007, 008, and 009 of the
Company,  representing  the Sellers' Shares owned of record and  beneficially by
each of the Sellers,  duly  endorsed in blank,  or  accompanied  by  assignments
separate from certificate duly endorsed in blank.  Sellers represent and warrant
to the Purchaser that at the time of such transfer, the Sellers' Shares shall be
free and clear of all liens, security interests and encumbrances.

                          1.2.6.  Purchaser will execute a Promissory  Note (the
"Note") on the balance of the Purchase  Price not paid at closing  ($175,000.00)
which  Note  shall  be  co-made  by  the   Purchaser  and  TIMOTHY  J.  KILKENNY
("Kilkenny"),  the  principal  shareholder  of  PURCHASER.  The co-making of the
Promissory  Note by  Kilkenny  is a part of the  consideration  to Sellers  from
Purchaser.  A copy of the Promissory  Note to be delivered to Sellers at Closing
is attached hereto as Exhibit "A" and made a part hereof.


                                       4

<PAGE>


                          1.2.7.  Prior to or at  closing,  Sellers  shall cause
Company to distribute to Sellers all accounts receivable and cash of the Company
in existence through March 31, 1998. The sale of Company by Sellers specifically
does not include cash or accounts receivable of Company.

                 2.    Closing

                       2.1. The closing of the purchase and sale of the Sellers'
Shares provided for by this Agreement  (referred to throughout this Agreement as
the "Closing") shall take place at the offices of Animus  Communications,  Inc.,
200 N. Harvey, Suite 1704, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, 73102, on March 26, 1998, at
11:00 A.M.,  or at such other date,  time and place to be agreed upon in writing
by all the parties.

                       2.2. At the Closing, the following actions, among others,
shall occur:

                            2.2.1. The Sellers shall deliver to the Purchaser:

                                   2.2.1.1. Share Certificates owned by  sellers
properly endorsed in blank;

                                   2.2.1.2. Resignation of all Officers and
Directors of Company.

                            2.2.2. Purchaser shall deliver to Sellers:

                                   2.2.2.1. Cashier's  checks or  wire  transfer
advices in the amounts set out in paragraph 1.2.1. hereof.

                                   2.2.2.2. The  Promissory  Note  executed   by
Purchaser and Kilkenny in the form as set out on Exhibit "A" hereto.

                                   2.2.2.3. Certificate  of  Authority  of   the
Secretary  of  Purchaser in the form as set out on Exhibit "B" hereto and made a
part hereof.

                                   2.2.3. Company shall  distribute  to  Sellers
all cash and accounts  receivable of Company if such  distribution  has not been
effected prior to closing.

                 3.    Representations and Warranties.

                       3.1.  Representations  and  Warranties  of  Sellers.  The
Sellers  represent and warrant to the Purchaser  that to Sellers' best knowledge
and belief:

                             3.1.1.  Ownership of Sellers' Shares.  Each  Seller
is the sole and  exclusive  record and  beneficial  owner of that  number of the
Sellers'  shares as is set  forth  opposite  his name in  Section  1.1.  hereof,
subject to the provisions of a Shareholder's  Agreement by and among the Sellers
and the Company.  The Sellers possess good title to the Sellers' Shares, and own


                                       5

<PAGE>

the  Sellers'  Shares  free  and  clear  of  any  and  all  security  interests,
agreements,  restrictions, claims, liens, pledges and encumbrances of any nature
or kind. Subject to the Shareholder's  Agreement,  the Sellers have the absolute
and  unconditional  right to sell,  assign,  transfer  and deliver the  Sellers'
Shares to the Purchaser in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

                             3.1.2.  Due Organization, Good Standing,  Authority
of the Company. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing as
a stock  corporation,  and in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  State  of
Oklahoma.  Company has full right, power and authority to own its properties and
assets, and to carry on its business as a provider of Web Services.  The Company
is  duly  licensed,  qualified  and  authorized  to  do  business  as a  foreign
corporation,  and is in  good  standing,  in  each  jurisdiction  in  which  the
properties and assets owned by it or the nature of the business  conducted by it
makes such licensing,  qualification  and  authorization  legally  necessary.  A
complete and correct copy of the  Company's  certificate  of  incorporation,  as
amended to the date of this Agreement (the "Certificate"), and bylaws as amended
to the date of this Agreement (the "Bylaws"),  have been heretofore  provided to
Purchaser.  The Certificate and the Bylaws are in full force and effect, and the
Company is not in breach or violation of any of the provisions thereof.

                             3.1.3.  Validity of Agreement. The Sellers have the
legal capacity and authority to enter in to this Agreement.  This Agreement is a
valid and legally  binding  obligation  of the Sellers and is fully  enforceable
against the Sellers in accordance with its terms,  except as such enforceability
may  be  limited  by  general  principles  of  equity,  bankruptcy,  insolvency,
moratorium and similar laws relating to creditors' rights generally.

                             3.1.4.  Capitalization, the Company Stock:  Related
Matters.  Company's authorized capital stock consists of 50,000 shares of common
stock,  $1.00 par value per share, of which 6,000 shares,  namely,  the Sellers'
Shares,  are issued and outstanding and owned of record and beneficially by each
Seller as is set forth opposite the name of each Seller in Section 1.1.  hereof.
The Sellers' Shares have been duly,  legally and validly  issued,  and are fully
paid and  nonassessable.  Delivery of the Sellers'  Shares by the Sellers to the
Purchaser at the Closing on the closing  Date  pursuant to this  Agreement  will
transfer to the Purchaser  full and entire legal and equitable  title to 100% of
the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company.

                             3.1.5.  No Subsidiaries.  The Company  oes not have
any  subsidiaries and does not,  directly or indirectly,  own any interest in or
control any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other business entity.

                             3.1.6.  Agreement   not  in  conflict  with   Other
Instruments:   Required  Approvals   Obtained.   The  execution,   delivery  and
performance  of  this  Agreement  by the  Sellers  and the  consummation  of the
transactions  contemplated by this Agreement will not (a) violate or require any
registration,  qualification,  consent,  approval, or filing under, (i) any law,
statute,  ordinance, rule or regulation (hereinafter collectively referred to as
"Laws") of any  federal,  state or local  government  (hereinafter  collectively
referred  to  as   "Governments")   or  any  agency,   bureau,   commission   or
instrumentality  of any  Governments  (hereinafter  collectively  referred to as
"Governmental  Agencies"),  or (ii) any  judgment,  injunction,  order,  writ or


                                       6

<PAGE>

decree of any court, arbitrator,  Government or Governmental Agency by which the
Company or any of its assets or Properties is bound; (b) conflict with,  require
any consent,  approval,  or filing under, result in the breach or termination of
any provision of, constitute a default under,  result in the acceleration of the
performance of the Company's obligations under, or result in the creation of any
claim, security interest, lien, charge, or encumbrance upon any of the Company's
properties,  assets, or businesses pursuant to (i) the Company's  Certificate or
Bylaws, (ii) any indenture,  mortgage, deed of trust, license, permit, approval,
consent,  franchise,  lease,  contract or other instrument or agreement to which
the Company is a party or by which the Company or any of the Company's assets or
properties is bound, or (iii) any judgment, injunction, order, writ or decree of
any court, arbitrator, Government or Governmental Agency by which the Company of
any of its assets or properties is bound.

                             3.1.7. Conduct  of  Business  in  Compliance   with
Regulatory  and  Contractual  Requirements.  The  Company has  conducted  and is
conducting the Company's  business in compliance with all applicable Laws of all
Governments and Governmental Agencies.

                             3.1.8. Legal  Proceedings.   There  is  no  action,
suit,  proceeding,  claim,  arbitration  or  investigation  by  any  Government,
Governmental Agency or other Person (a) pending to which Company is a party, (b)
threatened  against  or  relating  to  Company  or any of  Company's  assets  or
businesses,  (c)  challenging  Company's  right to execute,  acknowledge,  seal,
deliver,  perform  under or consummate  the  transactions  contemplated  by this
Agreement,  or (d)  asserting  any right  with  respect  to any of the  Sellers'
Shares,  and there is no basis for any such  action,  suit,  proceeding,  claim,
arbitration or investigation.

                             3.1.9. Financial    Statements:   Undisclosed
Liabilities. The Financial Statements dated as of the 31st day of December, 1997
are in accordance with the books and records of Company,  and are true,  correct
and complete and accurately present Company's financial position for the periods
then ended, all in conformity with accounting principles utilized by the Company
on a consistent  basis during each period and on a basis consistent with that of
prior periods.  Except (a) as disclosed in the Financial Statements,  and (b) as
disclosed in this  Agreement,  Company has no  liabilities or obligations of any
nature or kind,  known or unknown,  whether  accrued,  absolute,  contingent  or
otherwise.

                             3.1.10. Tax  Matters.   Company  has  duly   and
timely  filed  with all  appropriate  Governmental  Agencies,  all tax  returns,
information  returns  and reports  required to be filed by Company.  Company has
paid in full all taxes  (including  taxes withheld from employees'  salaries and
other withholding taxes and obligations),  interest, penalties,  assessments and
deficiencies  owned  by  Company  to all  taxing  authorities.  All  information
reported on the Returns is true, accurate and complete. All claims by the IRS or
any state taxing authorities for taxes due and payable by Company have been paid
by Company.  All federal income tax returns required to be filed by Company have
either been examined by the IRS, or the period during which any  assessments may
be made by the IRS has expired  without  waiver or extension for all years,  and
any deficiencies or assessments claimed or made have been paid, settled or fully
provided for in Company's Financial  Statements.  Company has not adopted a plan


                                       7

<PAGE>

of complete liquidation under the Internal Revenue code of 1986, as amended (the
"Code"),  or filed a consent pursuant to Section 341(f) of the code.  Company is
not a party to, and is not aware of, any  pending or  threatened  action,  suit,
proceeding  or  assessment  against  it  for  the  collection  of  taxes  by any
Governmental Agency.

                             3.1.11.  Accounts Receivable and Accounts  Payable.
Company's accounts receivable (collectively, the "Accounts Receivable") Are bona
fide accounts receivable, the full amount of which is actually owing to Company.
Company's  accounts  payable arose from bona fide  transactions  in the ordinary
course of Company's business.

                             3.1.12.  No Real Property.  Company does not own or
have any interest in any real estate.

                             3.1.13.  Condition   of  Personal   Property.   The
Company  has  sole and  exclusive,  good  and  merchantable  title to all of the
Personal  Property  owned by it, free and clear of all pledges,  claims,  liens,
restrictions,  security  interests,  charges and other  encumbrances.  AU of the
Personal  Property is in good repair and good operating  condition,  fit for its
intended purposes, and is adequate for the continuation of Company's business as
a provider of Web Services and in selling computer equipment provider.

                             3.1.14. Pension Plans. Company does not own or have
any interest in any pension plans.

                             3.1.15. Benefit Plans. With respect to each benefit
plan Company may have an interest in,  Company has complied  with all  reporting
and  disclosure  obligations  under ERISA,  and all documents  arid report forms
submitted for such purposes are complete and accurate in all materiel  respects.
Also,  with respect to each Benefit  Plan,  (a) no  prohibited  transaction  (as
defined in Section 4975 of the Code and Section 406 of ERISA) has occurred;  (b)
each Benefit Plan is in conformity with ERISA and all other applicable laws; (c)
Company is not in  default in any  material  respect  in  performing  any of its
contractual  or  legal  obligations;   (d)  all  Persons  having  any  fiduciary
responsibility  are in compliance in all material  respects with the  applicable
provisions of ERISA;  (e) there has not been a breach of any fiduciary duty; (f)
there are no pending  ruling  requests or appeals  (either  formal or informal),
investigations, or audits by or before any Governmental Agency; and (g) there is
no claim,  demand,  suit,  proceeding or cause of action pending,  or threatened
with  respect  to any  Benefit  Plan,  and  there  is no  liability  except  for
reasonable and customary  administrative  expenses and benefits payable pursuant
to the terms of each Benefit Plan.

                           3.1.16. Employee Relations and Employment Agreements.

                                   3.1.16.1.  None  of  Company's  employees  is
represented by a labor  organization.  No petition for  representation  has ever
been filed with the National Labor  Relations Board (the "NLRB") with respect to
employees.  Sellers  are not aware of any  union  organizational  activity  with
respect to Company and have no reason to believe that any such activity is being
contemplated.


                                       8

<PAGE>


                                   3.1.16.2. Company is  not  in  violation   of
applicable equal employment  opportunity laws, wage and hour laws,  occupational
safety and health laws,  federal labor laws or any other Laws of any  government
or  Governmental  Agency  relating to employment.  Sellers have disclosed to the
Purchaser   the   status   of   all   investigations,    claims,   charges   and
employment-related  suits or  controversies  which have occurred with respect to
Company since its  incorporation  or which are  presently  pending or threatened
with respect to Company under any  employment  related Law of any  Government or
Governmental  Agency (including common law). Company has satisfied and performed
fully all judgments,  decrees, conciliation agreements, or settlement agreements
by which it is bound  or to which it is  subject  concerning  employment-related
matters

                                   3.1.16.3. Except as provided in Exhibit  "C",
Company has not entered into any  employment  agreement and all employees can be
terminated at will. Company has no contractual obligation or special termination
or severance arrangement in respect of any employee.

                                   3.1.16.4. Company  has  paid  all  wages  due
(including all required taxes,  insurance,  and withholding thereon) through the
date of this Agreement.

                                   3.1.17. Books and Records; Fiscal Year;
Method of  Accounting.  Company has made  available to the  Purchaser all of its
tax,  accounting,  corporate  and  financial  books and  records.  The books and
records  pertaining to Company's  business  made  available to the Purchaser are
true, correct and complete,  have been maintained on a current basis, and fairly
reflect the basis for Company's financial condition and results of operations as
set forth in its Financial Statements.  Company has consistently used the fiscal
year ending December 31 as its taxable year, and has consistently  used the cash
receipts and disbursements method of accounting for tax purposes.

                                   3.1.18. Adverse Conditions.  The Sellers have
no knowledge of any present or future condition, state of facts or circumstances
which has  affected or may affect  adversely  the business of Company or prevent
Company from carrying on its business.

                                   3.1.19. Full   Disclosure.   This   Agreement
(including  the  Exhibits  hereto)  does not contain any untrue  statement  of a
material  fact or  omit  to  state  any  material  fact  necessary  to make  the
statements contained herein not misleading. There is no fact known to Sellers or
Company  which is not disclosed in this  Agreement  which  materially  adversely
affects the accuracy of the  representations  and  warranties  contained in this
Agreement or Company's financial condition,  results of operations,  business or
prospects.

                                   3.1 20.  No  Brokerage.  The Sellers have not
incurred any  obligation  or liability,  contingent or otherwise,  for brokerage
fees,  finder's fees,  agent's  commissions or the like in connection  with this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.


                                       9

<PAGE>

                 3.2. Representations  and  Warranties  of  the  Purchaser.  The
Purchaser represents and warrants to Sellers that:

                      3.2.1.  Due   Organization;  Good  Standing;  Power.   The
Purchaser  is a  corporation  duly  organized,  validly  existing,  and in  good
standing  under  the  laws of the  State  of  Oklahoma.  The  Purchaser  has all
requisite  corporate  power to enter  into this  Agreement  and to  perform  its
obligations hereunder.

                      3.2.2.  Authorization  and  Validity  of   Documents.  The
execution,  delivery and performance of this Agreement by the Purchaser, and the
consummation by the Purchaser of the transactions contemplated hereby, have been
duly and validly  authorized  by the  Purchaser.  This  Agreement  has been duly
executed  and  delivered  by the  Purchaser  and is a legal,  valid and  binding
obligation of the Purchaser.

                      3.2.3.  No  Brokerage.   The Purchaser  has  not  incurred
any  obligation or  liability,  contingent  or  otherwise,  for brokerage  fees,
finder's fees, agent's commissions or the like In connection with this Agreement
or the transactions contemplated hereby.

                      3.2.4.  Adverse   Conditions.  The  Purchase   has   no
knowledge of any present or future  condition,  state of facts or  circumstances
which have affected or may affect adversely the business of Purchaser or prevent
Purchaser  from  carrying  on its  business  or which  would  prevent  or render
Purchaser  unable to timely  complete the defined  purchase  provisions  of this
Agreement.

                      3.2.5.   Full Disclosure.  This Agreement  (including  the
Exhibits  hereto) does not contain any untrue  statement  of a material  fact or
omit to state any  material  fact  necessary  to make the  statements  contained
herein  not  misleading.  There  is no fact  known  to  Purchaser  which  is not
disclosed in this Agreement which materially  adversely  affects the accuracy of
the  representations  and warranties  contained in this Agreement or Purchaser's
financial condition, results of operations, business or prospects.

                 4.    Covenants against Competition.

                       4.1. Sellers'  Agreement Not to Compete.  For a period of
three (3) years  commencing on the date of Closing,  Sellers  shall not,  within
Oklahoma County, Oklahoma,  directly or indirectly,  own, manage, operate, joint
or control,  or participate in the ownership,  management,  operation or control
of, or be a shareholder or employee of, or a consultant to, any business,  firm,
corporation  or entity which is conducting  any business which competes with the
Web Services.  As a violation by Sellers of the provisions of this section could
cause irreparable injury to the Purchaser and there is no adequate remedy at law
for such violation, the Purchaser shall have the right, in addition to any other
remedies  available to it, at law or in equity,  to enjoin Sellers in a court of
equity for violating such provisions.

               To the extent that any provision or portion of this section shall
be held,  found or deemed to be  unreasonable,  unlawful or  unenforceable  by a
court of competent  jurisdiction,  then any such  provision  or portion  thereof
shall be deemed to be  modified to the extent  necessary  in order that any such


                                       10

<PAGE>

provision or portion thereof shall be legally  enforceable to the maximum extent
permitted by applicable law, and any court of competent  jurisdiction shall, and
the parties hereto do hereby expressly authorize,  request and empower any court
of competent jurisdiction to enforce any such provision or portion thereof or to
modify any such provision or portion thereof in order that any such provision or
portion thereof shall be enforced by such court to the maximum extent  permitted
by applicable law.

               5.  Liabilities  of  Seller.   With   the  exception  of  certain
contractual  obligations  of  Company  as set out on  Exhibit  "D"  hereto,  all
liabilities of Seller shall be paid by Seller on or before Closing.

               6.  Additional Covenants of the Parties. At the Closing on the
Closing Date:

                   6.1.  Resignations  of Officers and Directors of Company.
The  resignation  of each of Company's  officers and directors  effective at the
Closing on the Closing Date shall have been  executed and delivered to Purchaser
by each such officer and director.

               7.  Indemnification.

                   7.1.  Indemnification  by  the  Sellers.  The  Sellers  shall
defend,  indemnify and hold  harmless the  Purchaser,  its officers,  directors,
shareholders,  agents,  servants  and  employees,  and their  respective  heirs,
personal and legal representatives,  guardians, successors and assigns, from and
against  any and all  claims,  threats,  liabilities,  taxes,  interest,  fines,
penalties,  suits, actions,  proceedings,  demands,  damages,  losses, costs and
expenses (including  attorneys' and experts' fees and court costs) of every kind
and nature arising out of, resulting from, or in connection with:

                         7 1.1.  Any  misrepresentation  or  breach  by  Sellers
or any of Sellers of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement.

                         7.1.2.  Any   nonfulfillment,  failure  to  comply   or
breach  by  Sellers  or any of  Sellers  of or with  any  covenant,  promise  or
agreement of the Sellers or any of Sellers contained in this Agreement.

                         7.1.3.  Any act, failure to act  or  omission  prior to
the Closing Date by any Participant.

                   7.2.  Indemnification  by the Purchaser.  The Purchaser shall
defend,  indemnify  and hold  harmless the Sellers and their  respective  heirs,
personal and legal representatives,  guardians, successors and assigns, from and
against  any and all  claims,  threats,  liabilities,  taxes,  interest,  fines,
penalties,  suits, actions,  proceedings,  demands,  damages,  losses, costs and
expenses (including  attorneys' and experts' fees and court costs) of every kind
and nature arising Out of, resulting from, or in connection with:

                         7.2.1. Any  misrepresentation, omission  or  breach  by
Purchaser of any representation or warranty contained in this Agreement.

                         7.2.2.  Any nonfulfillment, failure to comply or breach


                                       11

<PAGE>

by the Purchaser of or with any covenant,  promise or agreement of the Purchaser
contained in this Agreement.

               8.      General.

                       8.1.  Survival  of   Representations,   Warranties,   and
Agreements.  All of the  representations,  warranties,  covenants,  promises and
agreements  of the  parties  contained  in this  Agreement  (or in any  document
delivered or to be delivered  pursuant to this  Agreement or in connection  with
the Closing)  shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

                       8.2.  Entire  Agreement.  This  Agreement  (including all
Exhibits hereto which are incorporated herein by this reference) constitutes the
full, entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto with respect to
the   subject   matter   hereof,   and   supercedes   all  prior   negotiations,
correspondence,   understandings   and  agreements   among  the  parties  hereto
respecting the subject matter hereof.

                       8.3.    Assignability.  This  Agreement  shall   not   be
assignable by any party hereto  without the prior  written  consent of the other
parties hereto.

                       8.4. Binding Effect;  Benefit. This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto,  each other Person who
is  indemnified  under any  provision of this  Agreement,  and their  respective
heirs,  personal and legal  representatives,  guardians,  successors and, in the
case of Purchaser, its permitted assigns. Nothing in this Agreement,  express or
implied,  is  intended to confer  upon any other  Person any  rights,  remedies,
obligations or liabilities.

                       8.5. Severability.  Any provision of this Agreement which
is held by a court of competent  jurisdiction to be prohibited or  unenforceable
shall be  ineffective  to the extent of such  prohibition  or  unenforceability,
without invalidating or rendering unenforceable the remaining provisions of this
Agreement.

                       8.6.  Amendment;  Waiver.  No provision of this Agreement
may be amended,  waived or otherwise  modified without the prior written consent
of all of the  parties  hereto.  No action  taken  pursuant  to this  Agreement,
including  any  investigation  by or on behalf of any party,  shall be deemed to
constitute  a waiver by the party  taking  such  action of  compliance  with any
representation,  warranty, covenant or agreement herein contained. The waiver by
any party hereto of a breach of any  provision  or  condition  contained in this
Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach
or of any other conditions hereof.

                       8.7.  Section  Headings.  The section and other  headings
contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect
the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

                       8.8. Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all
of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument.


                                       12

<PAGE>


                       8.9.  Applicable  Law. This Agreement is made and entered
into, and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with, the laws of the
State of Oklahoma.

                       8.10.  Remedies.  The parties hereto acknowledge that the
Sellers'  Shares  are  unique;  that any  claim  for  monetary  damages  may not
constitute  an adequate  remedy;  and that it may therefore be necessary for the
protection of the parties and to carry out the terms of this  Agreement to apply
for the specific performance of the provisions hereof. Accordingly, no objection
to the  form of the  action  or the  relief  prayed  for in any  proceeding  for
specific  performance of this Agreement  shall be raised by any party,  in order
that such  relief may be  expeditiously  obtained  by an  aggrieved  party.  All
parties may proceed to protect and enforce  their rights  hereunder by a suit in
equity, transaction at law or other appropriate proceeding, whether for specific
performance  or for an injunction  against a violation of the terms hereof or in
aid of the exercise of any right,  power or remedy granted  hereunder or by law,
equity or statute or otherwise. No course of dealing and no delay on the part of
any party hereto in  exercising  any right,  power or remedy shall  operate as a
waiver  thereof or otherwise  prejudice its rights,  powers or remedies,  and no
right,  power or remedy  conferred hereby shall be exclusive of any other right,
power or remedy  referred to herein or flow or  hereafter  available  at law, in
equity, by statute or otherwise.

                       8.11.   Notices.   All  notices,   offers,   acceptances,
exercises of options,  waivers and other acts under this  Agreement  shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered  personally  or
sent by first class mail with  postage  prepaid,  or sent by telex,  telegram or
facsimile, as follows:

                               If to the Sellers:

                               ANIMUS COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
                                Attn:   Bobby Gruenewald
                               1062 Cumberland Mansion
                               Yukon, OK 73099


                               With a copy to:

                               John M. Coffey, Esq.
                               WHTE, COFFEY, GALT & FITE, P.C.
                               6520 N. Western, Suite 300
                               Oklahoma City, OK 73116
                               (405) 842-7545
                               Fax - (405) 840-989O

                               If to the Purchaser:

                               FULLNET COMMNICATIONS, INC.
                               200 N. Harvey, Suite 1706
                               Oklahoma City, OK 73102


                                       13

<PAGE>


or to such other address as a party shall have specified by notice in writing to
the  other  parties.   All  such  notices,   requests,   demands,   waivers  and
communications  shall be deemed to have been  received  on the date of  personal
delivery or on the third  business day after the mailing  thereof or on the date
of confirmation of transmission of any telex, telegram or facsimile.

               IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,   the  parties  hereto  have  executed  and
delivered this Agreement on the date first above written.



                              SELLERS:

                             /S/ Robert L. Gruenewald
                             --------------------------------------------------
                              Robert L. Gruenewald

                             /S/ William Toombs Richardson, Jr.
                             --------------------------------------------------
                             William Toombs Richardson, Jr.,
                             Trustee of the William Toombs
                             Richardson,  Jr. 1995 Revocable
                             Trust Agreement dated the 25th
                             of May, 1995

                              /S/ Steve R. Bailey
                             --------------------------------------------------
                              Steve R. Bailey, Trustee of the
                              Steve R. Bailey  Living  Trust dated  October 28,
                              1994

                              /S/ Kevin Hackler
                             --------------------------------------------------
                              Kevin Hackler

                              /S/ Jason Ayers
                             --------------------------------------------------
                              Jason Ayers

                              /S/ Travis C. Lux
                             --------------------------------------------------
                              Travis Christopher Lux


                                          PURCHASER:

                                          FULLNET COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


     ATTEST:


/S/ Laura L. Kilkenny                     By:/S/ Timothy J. Kilkenny
- ----------------------------              --------------------------------
Laura L. Kilkenny, Secretary              Timothy J Kilkenny, President


                                       14




© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission